##// END OF EJS Templates
help: set the large-file-limit to 10MB...
marmoute -
r49926:8653a2a3 stable
parent child Browse files
Show More
@@ -1,2710 +1,2710 b''
1 # configitems.py - centralized declaration of configuration option
1 # configitems.py - centralized declaration of configuration option
2 #
2 #
3 # Copyright 2017 Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@octobus.net>
3 # Copyright 2017 Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@octobus.net>
4 #
4 #
5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
7
7
8 from __future__ import absolute_import
8 from __future__ import absolute_import
9
9
10 import functools
10 import functools
11 import re
11 import re
12
12
13 from . import (
13 from . import (
14 encoding,
14 encoding,
15 error,
15 error,
16 )
16 )
17
17
18
18
19 def loadconfigtable(ui, extname, configtable):
19 def loadconfigtable(ui, extname, configtable):
20 """update config item known to the ui with the extension ones"""
20 """update config item known to the ui with the extension ones"""
21 for section, items in sorted(configtable.items()):
21 for section, items in sorted(configtable.items()):
22 knownitems = ui._knownconfig.setdefault(section, itemregister())
22 knownitems = ui._knownconfig.setdefault(section, itemregister())
23 knownkeys = set(knownitems)
23 knownkeys = set(knownitems)
24 newkeys = set(items)
24 newkeys = set(items)
25 for key in sorted(knownkeys & newkeys):
25 for key in sorted(knownkeys & newkeys):
26 msg = b"extension '%s' overwrite config item '%s.%s'"
26 msg = b"extension '%s' overwrite config item '%s.%s'"
27 msg %= (extname, section, key)
27 msg %= (extname, section, key)
28 ui.develwarn(msg, config=b'warn-config')
28 ui.develwarn(msg, config=b'warn-config')
29
29
30 knownitems.update(items)
30 knownitems.update(items)
31
31
32
32
33 class configitem(object):
33 class configitem(object):
34 """represent a known config item
34 """represent a known config item
35
35
36 :section: the official config section where to find this item,
36 :section: the official config section where to find this item,
37 :name: the official name within the section,
37 :name: the official name within the section,
38 :default: default value for this item,
38 :default: default value for this item,
39 :alias: optional list of tuples as alternatives,
39 :alias: optional list of tuples as alternatives,
40 :generic: this is a generic definition, match name using regular expression.
40 :generic: this is a generic definition, match name using regular expression.
41 """
41 """
42
42
43 def __init__(
43 def __init__(
44 self,
44 self,
45 section,
45 section,
46 name,
46 name,
47 default=None,
47 default=None,
48 alias=(),
48 alias=(),
49 generic=False,
49 generic=False,
50 priority=0,
50 priority=0,
51 experimental=False,
51 experimental=False,
52 ):
52 ):
53 self.section = section
53 self.section = section
54 self.name = name
54 self.name = name
55 self.default = default
55 self.default = default
56 self.alias = list(alias)
56 self.alias = list(alias)
57 self.generic = generic
57 self.generic = generic
58 self.priority = priority
58 self.priority = priority
59 self.experimental = experimental
59 self.experimental = experimental
60 self._re = None
60 self._re = None
61 if generic:
61 if generic:
62 self._re = re.compile(self.name)
62 self._re = re.compile(self.name)
63
63
64
64
65 class itemregister(dict):
65 class itemregister(dict):
66 """A specialized dictionary that can handle wild-card selection"""
66 """A specialized dictionary that can handle wild-card selection"""
67
67
68 def __init__(self):
68 def __init__(self):
69 super(itemregister, self).__init__()
69 super(itemregister, self).__init__()
70 self._generics = set()
70 self._generics = set()
71
71
72 def update(self, other):
72 def update(self, other):
73 super(itemregister, self).update(other)
73 super(itemregister, self).update(other)
74 self._generics.update(other._generics)
74 self._generics.update(other._generics)
75
75
76 def __setitem__(self, key, item):
76 def __setitem__(self, key, item):
77 super(itemregister, self).__setitem__(key, item)
77 super(itemregister, self).__setitem__(key, item)
78 if item.generic:
78 if item.generic:
79 self._generics.add(item)
79 self._generics.add(item)
80
80
81 def get(self, key):
81 def get(self, key):
82 baseitem = super(itemregister, self).get(key)
82 baseitem = super(itemregister, self).get(key)
83 if baseitem is not None and not baseitem.generic:
83 if baseitem is not None and not baseitem.generic:
84 return baseitem
84 return baseitem
85
85
86 # search for a matching generic item
86 # search for a matching generic item
87 generics = sorted(self._generics, key=(lambda x: (x.priority, x.name)))
87 generics = sorted(self._generics, key=(lambda x: (x.priority, x.name)))
88 for item in generics:
88 for item in generics:
89 # we use 'match' instead of 'search' to make the matching simpler
89 # we use 'match' instead of 'search' to make the matching simpler
90 # for people unfamiliar with regular expression. Having the match
90 # for people unfamiliar with regular expression. Having the match
91 # rooted to the start of the string will produce less surprising
91 # rooted to the start of the string will produce less surprising
92 # result for user writing simple regex for sub-attribute.
92 # result for user writing simple regex for sub-attribute.
93 #
93 #
94 # For example using "color\..*" match produces an unsurprising
94 # For example using "color\..*" match produces an unsurprising
95 # result, while using search could suddenly match apparently
95 # result, while using search could suddenly match apparently
96 # unrelated configuration that happens to contains "color."
96 # unrelated configuration that happens to contains "color."
97 # anywhere. This is a tradeoff where we favor requiring ".*" on
97 # anywhere. This is a tradeoff where we favor requiring ".*" on
98 # some match to avoid the need to prefix most pattern with "^".
98 # some match to avoid the need to prefix most pattern with "^".
99 # The "^" seems more error prone.
99 # The "^" seems more error prone.
100 if item._re.match(key):
100 if item._re.match(key):
101 return item
101 return item
102
102
103 return None
103 return None
104
104
105
105
106 coreitems = {}
106 coreitems = {}
107
107
108
108
109 def _register(configtable, *args, **kwargs):
109 def _register(configtable, *args, **kwargs):
110 item = configitem(*args, **kwargs)
110 item = configitem(*args, **kwargs)
111 section = configtable.setdefault(item.section, itemregister())
111 section = configtable.setdefault(item.section, itemregister())
112 if item.name in section:
112 if item.name in section:
113 msg = b"duplicated config item registration for '%s.%s'"
113 msg = b"duplicated config item registration for '%s.%s'"
114 raise error.ProgrammingError(msg % (item.section, item.name))
114 raise error.ProgrammingError(msg % (item.section, item.name))
115 section[item.name] = item
115 section[item.name] = item
116
116
117
117
118 # special value for case where the default is derived from other values
118 # special value for case where the default is derived from other values
119 dynamicdefault = object()
119 dynamicdefault = object()
120
120
121 # Registering actual config items
121 # Registering actual config items
122
122
123
123
124 def getitemregister(configtable):
124 def getitemregister(configtable):
125 f = functools.partial(_register, configtable)
125 f = functools.partial(_register, configtable)
126 # export pseudo enum as configitem.*
126 # export pseudo enum as configitem.*
127 f.dynamicdefault = dynamicdefault
127 f.dynamicdefault = dynamicdefault
128 return f
128 return f
129
129
130
130
131 coreconfigitem = getitemregister(coreitems)
131 coreconfigitem = getitemregister(coreitems)
132
132
133
133
134 def _registerdiffopts(section, configprefix=b''):
134 def _registerdiffopts(section, configprefix=b''):
135 coreconfigitem(
135 coreconfigitem(
136 section,
136 section,
137 configprefix + b'nodates',
137 configprefix + b'nodates',
138 default=False,
138 default=False,
139 )
139 )
140 coreconfigitem(
140 coreconfigitem(
141 section,
141 section,
142 configprefix + b'showfunc',
142 configprefix + b'showfunc',
143 default=False,
143 default=False,
144 )
144 )
145 coreconfigitem(
145 coreconfigitem(
146 section,
146 section,
147 configprefix + b'unified',
147 configprefix + b'unified',
148 default=None,
148 default=None,
149 )
149 )
150 coreconfigitem(
150 coreconfigitem(
151 section,
151 section,
152 configprefix + b'git',
152 configprefix + b'git',
153 default=False,
153 default=False,
154 )
154 )
155 coreconfigitem(
155 coreconfigitem(
156 section,
156 section,
157 configprefix + b'ignorews',
157 configprefix + b'ignorews',
158 default=False,
158 default=False,
159 )
159 )
160 coreconfigitem(
160 coreconfigitem(
161 section,
161 section,
162 configprefix + b'ignorewsamount',
162 configprefix + b'ignorewsamount',
163 default=False,
163 default=False,
164 )
164 )
165 coreconfigitem(
165 coreconfigitem(
166 section,
166 section,
167 configprefix + b'ignoreblanklines',
167 configprefix + b'ignoreblanklines',
168 default=False,
168 default=False,
169 )
169 )
170 coreconfigitem(
170 coreconfigitem(
171 section,
171 section,
172 configprefix + b'ignorewseol',
172 configprefix + b'ignorewseol',
173 default=False,
173 default=False,
174 )
174 )
175 coreconfigitem(
175 coreconfigitem(
176 section,
176 section,
177 configprefix + b'nobinary',
177 configprefix + b'nobinary',
178 default=False,
178 default=False,
179 )
179 )
180 coreconfigitem(
180 coreconfigitem(
181 section,
181 section,
182 configprefix + b'noprefix',
182 configprefix + b'noprefix',
183 default=False,
183 default=False,
184 )
184 )
185 coreconfigitem(
185 coreconfigitem(
186 section,
186 section,
187 configprefix + b'word-diff',
187 configprefix + b'word-diff',
188 default=False,
188 default=False,
189 )
189 )
190
190
191
191
192 coreconfigitem(
192 coreconfigitem(
193 b'alias',
193 b'alias',
194 b'.*',
194 b'.*',
195 default=dynamicdefault,
195 default=dynamicdefault,
196 generic=True,
196 generic=True,
197 )
197 )
198 coreconfigitem(
198 coreconfigitem(
199 b'auth',
199 b'auth',
200 b'cookiefile',
200 b'cookiefile',
201 default=None,
201 default=None,
202 )
202 )
203 _registerdiffopts(section=b'annotate')
203 _registerdiffopts(section=b'annotate')
204 # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery
204 # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery
205 coreconfigitem(
205 coreconfigitem(
206 b'bookmarks',
206 b'bookmarks',
207 b'pushing',
207 b'pushing',
208 default=list,
208 default=list,
209 )
209 )
210 # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo
210 # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo
211 coreconfigitem(
211 coreconfigitem(
212 b'bundle',
212 b'bundle',
213 b'mainreporoot',
213 b'mainreporoot',
214 default=b'',
214 default=b'',
215 )
215 )
216 coreconfigitem(
216 coreconfigitem(
217 b'censor',
217 b'censor',
218 b'policy',
218 b'policy',
219 default=b'abort',
219 default=b'abort',
220 experimental=True,
220 experimental=True,
221 )
221 )
222 coreconfigitem(
222 coreconfigitem(
223 b'chgserver',
223 b'chgserver',
224 b'idletimeout',
224 b'idletimeout',
225 default=3600,
225 default=3600,
226 )
226 )
227 coreconfigitem(
227 coreconfigitem(
228 b'chgserver',
228 b'chgserver',
229 b'skiphash',
229 b'skiphash',
230 default=False,
230 default=False,
231 )
231 )
232 coreconfigitem(
232 coreconfigitem(
233 b'cmdserver',
233 b'cmdserver',
234 b'log',
234 b'log',
235 default=None,
235 default=None,
236 )
236 )
237 coreconfigitem(
237 coreconfigitem(
238 b'cmdserver',
238 b'cmdserver',
239 b'max-log-files',
239 b'max-log-files',
240 default=7,
240 default=7,
241 )
241 )
242 coreconfigitem(
242 coreconfigitem(
243 b'cmdserver',
243 b'cmdserver',
244 b'max-log-size',
244 b'max-log-size',
245 default=b'1 MB',
245 default=b'1 MB',
246 )
246 )
247 coreconfigitem(
247 coreconfigitem(
248 b'cmdserver',
248 b'cmdserver',
249 b'max-repo-cache',
249 b'max-repo-cache',
250 default=0,
250 default=0,
251 experimental=True,
251 experimental=True,
252 )
252 )
253 coreconfigitem(
253 coreconfigitem(
254 b'cmdserver',
254 b'cmdserver',
255 b'message-encodings',
255 b'message-encodings',
256 default=list,
256 default=list,
257 )
257 )
258 coreconfigitem(
258 coreconfigitem(
259 b'cmdserver',
259 b'cmdserver',
260 b'track-log',
260 b'track-log',
261 default=lambda: [b'chgserver', b'cmdserver', b'repocache'],
261 default=lambda: [b'chgserver', b'cmdserver', b'repocache'],
262 )
262 )
263 coreconfigitem(
263 coreconfigitem(
264 b'cmdserver',
264 b'cmdserver',
265 b'shutdown-on-interrupt',
265 b'shutdown-on-interrupt',
266 default=True,
266 default=True,
267 )
267 )
268 coreconfigitem(
268 coreconfigitem(
269 b'color',
269 b'color',
270 b'.*',
270 b'.*',
271 default=None,
271 default=None,
272 generic=True,
272 generic=True,
273 )
273 )
274 coreconfigitem(
274 coreconfigitem(
275 b'color',
275 b'color',
276 b'mode',
276 b'mode',
277 default=b'auto',
277 default=b'auto',
278 )
278 )
279 coreconfigitem(
279 coreconfigitem(
280 b'color',
280 b'color',
281 b'pagermode',
281 b'pagermode',
282 default=dynamicdefault,
282 default=dynamicdefault,
283 )
283 )
284 coreconfigitem(
284 coreconfigitem(
285 b'command-templates',
285 b'command-templates',
286 b'graphnode',
286 b'graphnode',
287 default=None,
287 default=None,
288 alias=[(b'ui', b'graphnodetemplate')],
288 alias=[(b'ui', b'graphnodetemplate')],
289 )
289 )
290 coreconfigitem(
290 coreconfigitem(
291 b'command-templates',
291 b'command-templates',
292 b'log',
292 b'log',
293 default=None,
293 default=None,
294 alias=[(b'ui', b'logtemplate')],
294 alias=[(b'ui', b'logtemplate')],
295 )
295 )
296 coreconfigitem(
296 coreconfigitem(
297 b'command-templates',
297 b'command-templates',
298 b'mergemarker',
298 b'mergemarker',
299 default=(
299 default=(
300 b'{node|short} '
300 b'{node|short} '
301 b'{ifeq(tags, "tip", "", '
301 b'{ifeq(tags, "tip", "", '
302 b'ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}'
302 b'ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}'
303 b'{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}'
303 b'{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}'
304 b'{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}'
304 b'{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}'
305 b'- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}'
305 b'- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}'
306 ),
306 ),
307 alias=[(b'ui', b'mergemarkertemplate')],
307 alias=[(b'ui', b'mergemarkertemplate')],
308 )
308 )
309 coreconfigitem(
309 coreconfigitem(
310 b'command-templates',
310 b'command-templates',
311 b'pre-merge-tool-output',
311 b'pre-merge-tool-output',
312 default=None,
312 default=None,
313 alias=[(b'ui', b'pre-merge-tool-output-template')],
313 alias=[(b'ui', b'pre-merge-tool-output-template')],
314 )
314 )
315 coreconfigitem(
315 coreconfigitem(
316 b'command-templates',
316 b'command-templates',
317 b'oneline-summary',
317 b'oneline-summary',
318 default=None,
318 default=None,
319 )
319 )
320 coreconfigitem(
320 coreconfigitem(
321 b'command-templates',
321 b'command-templates',
322 b'oneline-summary.*',
322 b'oneline-summary.*',
323 default=dynamicdefault,
323 default=dynamicdefault,
324 generic=True,
324 generic=True,
325 )
325 )
326 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'commit.interactive.')
326 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'commit.interactive.')
327 coreconfigitem(
327 coreconfigitem(
328 b'commands',
328 b'commands',
329 b'commit.post-status',
329 b'commit.post-status',
330 default=False,
330 default=False,
331 )
331 )
332 coreconfigitem(
332 coreconfigitem(
333 b'commands',
333 b'commands',
334 b'grep.all-files',
334 b'grep.all-files',
335 default=False,
335 default=False,
336 experimental=True,
336 experimental=True,
337 )
337 )
338 coreconfigitem(
338 coreconfigitem(
339 b'commands',
339 b'commands',
340 b'merge.require-rev',
340 b'merge.require-rev',
341 default=False,
341 default=False,
342 )
342 )
343 coreconfigitem(
343 coreconfigitem(
344 b'commands',
344 b'commands',
345 b'push.require-revs',
345 b'push.require-revs',
346 default=False,
346 default=False,
347 )
347 )
348 coreconfigitem(
348 coreconfigitem(
349 b'commands',
349 b'commands',
350 b'resolve.confirm',
350 b'resolve.confirm',
351 default=False,
351 default=False,
352 )
352 )
353 coreconfigitem(
353 coreconfigitem(
354 b'commands',
354 b'commands',
355 b'resolve.explicit-re-merge',
355 b'resolve.explicit-re-merge',
356 default=False,
356 default=False,
357 )
357 )
358 coreconfigitem(
358 coreconfigitem(
359 b'commands',
359 b'commands',
360 b'resolve.mark-check',
360 b'resolve.mark-check',
361 default=b'none',
361 default=b'none',
362 )
362 )
363 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'revert.interactive.')
363 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'revert.interactive.')
364 coreconfigitem(
364 coreconfigitem(
365 b'commands',
365 b'commands',
366 b'show.aliasprefix',
366 b'show.aliasprefix',
367 default=list,
367 default=list,
368 )
368 )
369 coreconfigitem(
369 coreconfigitem(
370 b'commands',
370 b'commands',
371 b'status.relative',
371 b'status.relative',
372 default=False,
372 default=False,
373 )
373 )
374 coreconfigitem(
374 coreconfigitem(
375 b'commands',
375 b'commands',
376 b'status.skipstates',
376 b'status.skipstates',
377 default=[],
377 default=[],
378 experimental=True,
378 experimental=True,
379 )
379 )
380 coreconfigitem(
380 coreconfigitem(
381 b'commands',
381 b'commands',
382 b'status.terse',
382 b'status.terse',
383 default=b'',
383 default=b'',
384 )
384 )
385 coreconfigitem(
385 coreconfigitem(
386 b'commands',
386 b'commands',
387 b'status.verbose',
387 b'status.verbose',
388 default=False,
388 default=False,
389 )
389 )
390 coreconfigitem(
390 coreconfigitem(
391 b'commands',
391 b'commands',
392 b'update.check',
392 b'update.check',
393 default=None,
393 default=None,
394 )
394 )
395 coreconfigitem(
395 coreconfigitem(
396 b'commands',
396 b'commands',
397 b'update.requiredest',
397 b'update.requiredest',
398 default=False,
398 default=False,
399 )
399 )
400 coreconfigitem(
400 coreconfigitem(
401 b'committemplate',
401 b'committemplate',
402 b'.*',
402 b'.*',
403 default=None,
403 default=None,
404 generic=True,
404 generic=True,
405 )
405 )
406 coreconfigitem(
406 coreconfigitem(
407 b'convert',
407 b'convert',
408 b'bzr.saverev',
408 b'bzr.saverev',
409 default=True,
409 default=True,
410 )
410 )
411 coreconfigitem(
411 coreconfigitem(
412 b'convert',
412 b'convert',
413 b'cvsps.cache',
413 b'cvsps.cache',
414 default=True,
414 default=True,
415 )
415 )
416 coreconfigitem(
416 coreconfigitem(
417 b'convert',
417 b'convert',
418 b'cvsps.fuzz',
418 b'cvsps.fuzz',
419 default=60,
419 default=60,
420 )
420 )
421 coreconfigitem(
421 coreconfigitem(
422 b'convert',
422 b'convert',
423 b'cvsps.logencoding',
423 b'cvsps.logencoding',
424 default=None,
424 default=None,
425 )
425 )
426 coreconfigitem(
426 coreconfigitem(
427 b'convert',
427 b'convert',
428 b'cvsps.mergefrom',
428 b'cvsps.mergefrom',
429 default=None,
429 default=None,
430 )
430 )
431 coreconfigitem(
431 coreconfigitem(
432 b'convert',
432 b'convert',
433 b'cvsps.mergeto',
433 b'cvsps.mergeto',
434 default=None,
434 default=None,
435 )
435 )
436 coreconfigitem(
436 coreconfigitem(
437 b'convert',
437 b'convert',
438 b'git.committeractions',
438 b'git.committeractions',
439 default=lambda: [b'messagedifferent'],
439 default=lambda: [b'messagedifferent'],
440 )
440 )
441 coreconfigitem(
441 coreconfigitem(
442 b'convert',
442 b'convert',
443 b'git.extrakeys',
443 b'git.extrakeys',
444 default=list,
444 default=list,
445 )
445 )
446 coreconfigitem(
446 coreconfigitem(
447 b'convert',
447 b'convert',
448 b'git.findcopiesharder',
448 b'git.findcopiesharder',
449 default=False,
449 default=False,
450 )
450 )
451 coreconfigitem(
451 coreconfigitem(
452 b'convert',
452 b'convert',
453 b'git.remoteprefix',
453 b'git.remoteprefix',
454 default=b'remote',
454 default=b'remote',
455 )
455 )
456 coreconfigitem(
456 coreconfigitem(
457 b'convert',
457 b'convert',
458 b'git.renamelimit',
458 b'git.renamelimit',
459 default=400,
459 default=400,
460 )
460 )
461 coreconfigitem(
461 coreconfigitem(
462 b'convert',
462 b'convert',
463 b'git.saverev',
463 b'git.saverev',
464 default=True,
464 default=True,
465 )
465 )
466 coreconfigitem(
466 coreconfigitem(
467 b'convert',
467 b'convert',
468 b'git.similarity',
468 b'git.similarity',
469 default=50,
469 default=50,
470 )
470 )
471 coreconfigitem(
471 coreconfigitem(
472 b'convert',
472 b'convert',
473 b'git.skipsubmodules',
473 b'git.skipsubmodules',
474 default=False,
474 default=False,
475 )
475 )
476 coreconfigitem(
476 coreconfigitem(
477 b'convert',
477 b'convert',
478 b'hg.clonebranches',
478 b'hg.clonebranches',
479 default=False,
479 default=False,
480 )
480 )
481 coreconfigitem(
481 coreconfigitem(
482 b'convert',
482 b'convert',
483 b'hg.ignoreerrors',
483 b'hg.ignoreerrors',
484 default=False,
484 default=False,
485 )
485 )
486 coreconfigitem(
486 coreconfigitem(
487 b'convert',
487 b'convert',
488 b'hg.preserve-hash',
488 b'hg.preserve-hash',
489 default=False,
489 default=False,
490 )
490 )
491 coreconfigitem(
491 coreconfigitem(
492 b'convert',
492 b'convert',
493 b'hg.revs',
493 b'hg.revs',
494 default=None,
494 default=None,
495 )
495 )
496 coreconfigitem(
496 coreconfigitem(
497 b'convert',
497 b'convert',
498 b'hg.saverev',
498 b'hg.saverev',
499 default=False,
499 default=False,
500 )
500 )
501 coreconfigitem(
501 coreconfigitem(
502 b'convert',
502 b'convert',
503 b'hg.sourcename',
503 b'hg.sourcename',
504 default=None,
504 default=None,
505 )
505 )
506 coreconfigitem(
506 coreconfigitem(
507 b'convert',
507 b'convert',
508 b'hg.startrev',
508 b'hg.startrev',
509 default=None,
509 default=None,
510 )
510 )
511 coreconfigitem(
511 coreconfigitem(
512 b'convert',
512 b'convert',
513 b'hg.tagsbranch',
513 b'hg.tagsbranch',
514 default=b'default',
514 default=b'default',
515 )
515 )
516 coreconfigitem(
516 coreconfigitem(
517 b'convert',
517 b'convert',
518 b'hg.usebranchnames',
518 b'hg.usebranchnames',
519 default=True,
519 default=True,
520 )
520 )
521 coreconfigitem(
521 coreconfigitem(
522 b'convert',
522 b'convert',
523 b'ignoreancestorcheck',
523 b'ignoreancestorcheck',
524 default=False,
524 default=False,
525 experimental=True,
525 experimental=True,
526 )
526 )
527 coreconfigitem(
527 coreconfigitem(
528 b'convert',
528 b'convert',
529 b'localtimezone',
529 b'localtimezone',
530 default=False,
530 default=False,
531 )
531 )
532 coreconfigitem(
532 coreconfigitem(
533 b'convert',
533 b'convert',
534 b'p4.encoding',
534 b'p4.encoding',
535 default=dynamicdefault,
535 default=dynamicdefault,
536 )
536 )
537 coreconfigitem(
537 coreconfigitem(
538 b'convert',
538 b'convert',
539 b'p4.startrev',
539 b'p4.startrev',
540 default=0,
540 default=0,
541 )
541 )
542 coreconfigitem(
542 coreconfigitem(
543 b'convert',
543 b'convert',
544 b'skiptags',
544 b'skiptags',
545 default=False,
545 default=False,
546 )
546 )
547 coreconfigitem(
547 coreconfigitem(
548 b'convert',
548 b'convert',
549 b'svn.debugsvnlog',
549 b'svn.debugsvnlog',
550 default=True,
550 default=True,
551 )
551 )
552 coreconfigitem(
552 coreconfigitem(
553 b'convert',
553 b'convert',
554 b'svn.trunk',
554 b'svn.trunk',
555 default=None,
555 default=None,
556 )
556 )
557 coreconfigitem(
557 coreconfigitem(
558 b'convert',
558 b'convert',
559 b'svn.tags',
559 b'svn.tags',
560 default=None,
560 default=None,
561 )
561 )
562 coreconfigitem(
562 coreconfigitem(
563 b'convert',
563 b'convert',
564 b'svn.branches',
564 b'svn.branches',
565 default=None,
565 default=None,
566 )
566 )
567 coreconfigitem(
567 coreconfigitem(
568 b'convert',
568 b'convert',
569 b'svn.startrev',
569 b'svn.startrev',
570 default=0,
570 default=0,
571 )
571 )
572 coreconfigitem(
572 coreconfigitem(
573 b'convert',
573 b'convert',
574 b'svn.dangerous-set-commit-dates',
574 b'svn.dangerous-set-commit-dates',
575 default=False,
575 default=False,
576 )
576 )
577 coreconfigitem(
577 coreconfigitem(
578 b'debug',
578 b'debug',
579 b'dirstate.delaywrite',
579 b'dirstate.delaywrite',
580 default=0,
580 default=0,
581 )
581 )
582 coreconfigitem(
582 coreconfigitem(
583 b'debug',
583 b'debug',
584 b'revlog.verifyposition.changelog',
584 b'revlog.verifyposition.changelog',
585 default=b'',
585 default=b'',
586 )
586 )
587 coreconfigitem(
587 coreconfigitem(
588 b'defaults',
588 b'defaults',
589 b'.*',
589 b'.*',
590 default=None,
590 default=None,
591 generic=True,
591 generic=True,
592 )
592 )
593 coreconfigitem(
593 coreconfigitem(
594 b'devel',
594 b'devel',
595 b'all-warnings',
595 b'all-warnings',
596 default=False,
596 default=False,
597 )
597 )
598 coreconfigitem(
598 coreconfigitem(
599 b'devel',
599 b'devel',
600 b'bundle2.debug',
600 b'bundle2.debug',
601 default=False,
601 default=False,
602 )
602 )
603 coreconfigitem(
603 coreconfigitem(
604 b'devel',
604 b'devel',
605 b'bundle.delta',
605 b'bundle.delta',
606 default=b'',
606 default=b'',
607 )
607 )
608 coreconfigitem(
608 coreconfigitem(
609 b'devel',
609 b'devel',
610 b'cache-vfs',
610 b'cache-vfs',
611 default=None,
611 default=None,
612 )
612 )
613 coreconfigitem(
613 coreconfigitem(
614 b'devel',
614 b'devel',
615 b'check-locks',
615 b'check-locks',
616 default=False,
616 default=False,
617 )
617 )
618 coreconfigitem(
618 coreconfigitem(
619 b'devel',
619 b'devel',
620 b'check-relroot',
620 b'check-relroot',
621 default=False,
621 default=False,
622 )
622 )
623 # Track copy information for all file, not just "added" one (very slow)
623 # Track copy information for all file, not just "added" one (very slow)
624 coreconfigitem(
624 coreconfigitem(
625 b'devel',
625 b'devel',
626 b'copy-tracing.trace-all-files',
626 b'copy-tracing.trace-all-files',
627 default=False,
627 default=False,
628 )
628 )
629 coreconfigitem(
629 coreconfigitem(
630 b'devel',
630 b'devel',
631 b'default-date',
631 b'default-date',
632 default=None,
632 default=None,
633 )
633 )
634 coreconfigitem(
634 coreconfigitem(
635 b'devel',
635 b'devel',
636 b'deprec-warn',
636 b'deprec-warn',
637 default=False,
637 default=False,
638 )
638 )
639 coreconfigitem(
639 coreconfigitem(
640 b'devel',
640 b'devel',
641 b'disableloaddefaultcerts',
641 b'disableloaddefaultcerts',
642 default=False,
642 default=False,
643 )
643 )
644 coreconfigitem(
644 coreconfigitem(
645 b'devel',
645 b'devel',
646 b'warn-empty-changegroup',
646 b'warn-empty-changegroup',
647 default=False,
647 default=False,
648 )
648 )
649 coreconfigitem(
649 coreconfigitem(
650 b'devel',
650 b'devel',
651 b'legacy.exchange',
651 b'legacy.exchange',
652 default=list,
652 default=list,
653 )
653 )
654 # When True, revlogs use a special reference version of the nodemap, that is not
654 # When True, revlogs use a special reference version of the nodemap, that is not
655 # performant but is "known" to behave properly.
655 # performant but is "known" to behave properly.
656 coreconfigitem(
656 coreconfigitem(
657 b'devel',
657 b'devel',
658 b'persistent-nodemap',
658 b'persistent-nodemap',
659 default=False,
659 default=False,
660 )
660 )
661 coreconfigitem(
661 coreconfigitem(
662 b'devel',
662 b'devel',
663 b'servercafile',
663 b'servercafile',
664 default=b'',
664 default=b'',
665 )
665 )
666 coreconfigitem(
666 coreconfigitem(
667 b'devel',
667 b'devel',
668 b'serverexactprotocol',
668 b'serverexactprotocol',
669 default=b'',
669 default=b'',
670 )
670 )
671 coreconfigitem(
671 coreconfigitem(
672 b'devel',
672 b'devel',
673 b'serverrequirecert',
673 b'serverrequirecert',
674 default=False,
674 default=False,
675 )
675 )
676 coreconfigitem(
676 coreconfigitem(
677 b'devel',
677 b'devel',
678 b'strip-obsmarkers',
678 b'strip-obsmarkers',
679 default=True,
679 default=True,
680 )
680 )
681 coreconfigitem(
681 coreconfigitem(
682 b'devel',
682 b'devel',
683 b'warn-config',
683 b'warn-config',
684 default=None,
684 default=None,
685 )
685 )
686 coreconfigitem(
686 coreconfigitem(
687 b'devel',
687 b'devel',
688 b'warn-config-default',
688 b'warn-config-default',
689 default=None,
689 default=None,
690 )
690 )
691 coreconfigitem(
691 coreconfigitem(
692 b'devel',
692 b'devel',
693 b'user.obsmarker',
693 b'user.obsmarker',
694 default=None,
694 default=None,
695 )
695 )
696 coreconfigitem(
696 coreconfigitem(
697 b'devel',
697 b'devel',
698 b'warn-config-unknown',
698 b'warn-config-unknown',
699 default=None,
699 default=None,
700 )
700 )
701 coreconfigitem(
701 coreconfigitem(
702 b'devel',
702 b'devel',
703 b'debug.copies',
703 b'debug.copies',
704 default=False,
704 default=False,
705 )
705 )
706 coreconfigitem(
706 coreconfigitem(
707 b'devel',
707 b'devel',
708 b'copy-tracing.multi-thread',
708 b'copy-tracing.multi-thread',
709 default=True,
709 default=True,
710 )
710 )
711 coreconfigitem(
711 coreconfigitem(
712 b'devel',
712 b'devel',
713 b'debug.extensions',
713 b'debug.extensions',
714 default=False,
714 default=False,
715 )
715 )
716 coreconfigitem(
716 coreconfigitem(
717 b'devel',
717 b'devel',
718 b'debug.repo-filters',
718 b'debug.repo-filters',
719 default=False,
719 default=False,
720 )
720 )
721 coreconfigitem(
721 coreconfigitem(
722 b'devel',
722 b'devel',
723 b'debug.peer-request',
723 b'debug.peer-request',
724 default=False,
724 default=False,
725 )
725 )
726 # If discovery.exchange-heads is False, the discovery will not start with
726 # If discovery.exchange-heads is False, the discovery will not start with
727 # remote head fetching and local head querying.
727 # remote head fetching and local head querying.
728 coreconfigitem(
728 coreconfigitem(
729 b'devel',
729 b'devel',
730 b'discovery.exchange-heads',
730 b'discovery.exchange-heads',
731 default=True,
731 default=True,
732 )
732 )
733 # If discovery.grow-sample is False, the sample size used in set discovery will
733 # If discovery.grow-sample is False, the sample size used in set discovery will
734 # not be increased through the process
734 # not be increased through the process
735 coreconfigitem(
735 coreconfigitem(
736 b'devel',
736 b'devel',
737 b'discovery.grow-sample',
737 b'discovery.grow-sample',
738 default=True,
738 default=True,
739 )
739 )
740 # When discovery.grow-sample.dynamic is True, the default, the sample size is
740 # When discovery.grow-sample.dynamic is True, the default, the sample size is
741 # adapted to the shape of the undecided set (it is set to the max of:
741 # adapted to the shape of the undecided set (it is set to the max of:
742 # <target-size>, len(roots(undecided)), len(heads(undecided)
742 # <target-size>, len(roots(undecided)), len(heads(undecided)
743 coreconfigitem(
743 coreconfigitem(
744 b'devel',
744 b'devel',
745 b'discovery.grow-sample.dynamic',
745 b'discovery.grow-sample.dynamic',
746 default=True,
746 default=True,
747 )
747 )
748 # discovery.grow-sample.rate control the rate at which the sample grow
748 # discovery.grow-sample.rate control the rate at which the sample grow
749 coreconfigitem(
749 coreconfigitem(
750 b'devel',
750 b'devel',
751 b'discovery.grow-sample.rate',
751 b'discovery.grow-sample.rate',
752 default=1.05,
752 default=1.05,
753 )
753 )
754 # If discovery.randomize is False, random sampling during discovery are
754 # If discovery.randomize is False, random sampling during discovery are
755 # deterministic. It is meant for integration tests.
755 # deterministic. It is meant for integration tests.
756 coreconfigitem(
756 coreconfigitem(
757 b'devel',
757 b'devel',
758 b'discovery.randomize',
758 b'discovery.randomize',
759 default=True,
759 default=True,
760 )
760 )
761 # Control the initial size of the discovery sample
761 # Control the initial size of the discovery sample
762 coreconfigitem(
762 coreconfigitem(
763 b'devel',
763 b'devel',
764 b'discovery.sample-size',
764 b'discovery.sample-size',
765 default=200,
765 default=200,
766 )
766 )
767 # Control the initial size of the discovery for initial change
767 # Control the initial size of the discovery for initial change
768 coreconfigitem(
768 coreconfigitem(
769 b'devel',
769 b'devel',
770 b'discovery.sample-size.initial',
770 b'discovery.sample-size.initial',
771 default=100,
771 default=100,
772 )
772 )
773 _registerdiffopts(section=b'diff')
773 _registerdiffopts(section=b'diff')
774 coreconfigitem(
774 coreconfigitem(
775 b'diff',
775 b'diff',
776 b'merge',
776 b'merge',
777 default=False,
777 default=False,
778 experimental=True,
778 experimental=True,
779 )
779 )
780 coreconfigitem(
780 coreconfigitem(
781 b'email',
781 b'email',
782 b'bcc',
782 b'bcc',
783 default=None,
783 default=None,
784 )
784 )
785 coreconfigitem(
785 coreconfigitem(
786 b'email',
786 b'email',
787 b'cc',
787 b'cc',
788 default=None,
788 default=None,
789 )
789 )
790 coreconfigitem(
790 coreconfigitem(
791 b'email',
791 b'email',
792 b'charsets',
792 b'charsets',
793 default=list,
793 default=list,
794 )
794 )
795 coreconfigitem(
795 coreconfigitem(
796 b'email',
796 b'email',
797 b'from',
797 b'from',
798 default=None,
798 default=None,
799 )
799 )
800 coreconfigitem(
800 coreconfigitem(
801 b'email',
801 b'email',
802 b'method',
802 b'method',
803 default=b'smtp',
803 default=b'smtp',
804 )
804 )
805 coreconfigitem(
805 coreconfigitem(
806 b'email',
806 b'email',
807 b'reply-to',
807 b'reply-to',
808 default=None,
808 default=None,
809 )
809 )
810 coreconfigitem(
810 coreconfigitem(
811 b'email',
811 b'email',
812 b'to',
812 b'to',
813 default=None,
813 default=None,
814 )
814 )
815 coreconfigitem(
815 coreconfigitem(
816 b'experimental',
816 b'experimental',
817 b'archivemetatemplate',
817 b'archivemetatemplate',
818 default=dynamicdefault,
818 default=dynamicdefault,
819 )
819 )
820 coreconfigitem(
820 coreconfigitem(
821 b'experimental',
821 b'experimental',
822 b'auto-publish',
822 b'auto-publish',
823 default=b'publish',
823 default=b'publish',
824 )
824 )
825 coreconfigitem(
825 coreconfigitem(
826 b'experimental',
826 b'experimental',
827 b'bundle-phases',
827 b'bundle-phases',
828 default=False,
828 default=False,
829 )
829 )
830 coreconfigitem(
830 coreconfigitem(
831 b'experimental',
831 b'experimental',
832 b'bundle2-advertise',
832 b'bundle2-advertise',
833 default=True,
833 default=True,
834 )
834 )
835 coreconfigitem(
835 coreconfigitem(
836 b'experimental',
836 b'experimental',
837 b'bundle2-output-capture',
837 b'bundle2-output-capture',
838 default=False,
838 default=False,
839 )
839 )
840 coreconfigitem(
840 coreconfigitem(
841 b'experimental',
841 b'experimental',
842 b'bundle2.pushback',
842 b'bundle2.pushback',
843 default=False,
843 default=False,
844 )
844 )
845 coreconfigitem(
845 coreconfigitem(
846 b'experimental',
846 b'experimental',
847 b'bundle2lazylocking',
847 b'bundle2lazylocking',
848 default=False,
848 default=False,
849 )
849 )
850 coreconfigitem(
850 coreconfigitem(
851 b'experimental',
851 b'experimental',
852 b'bundlecomplevel',
852 b'bundlecomplevel',
853 default=None,
853 default=None,
854 )
854 )
855 coreconfigitem(
855 coreconfigitem(
856 b'experimental',
856 b'experimental',
857 b'bundlecomplevel.bzip2',
857 b'bundlecomplevel.bzip2',
858 default=None,
858 default=None,
859 )
859 )
860 coreconfigitem(
860 coreconfigitem(
861 b'experimental',
861 b'experimental',
862 b'bundlecomplevel.gzip',
862 b'bundlecomplevel.gzip',
863 default=None,
863 default=None,
864 )
864 )
865 coreconfigitem(
865 coreconfigitem(
866 b'experimental',
866 b'experimental',
867 b'bundlecomplevel.none',
867 b'bundlecomplevel.none',
868 default=None,
868 default=None,
869 )
869 )
870 coreconfigitem(
870 coreconfigitem(
871 b'experimental',
871 b'experimental',
872 b'bundlecomplevel.zstd',
872 b'bundlecomplevel.zstd',
873 default=None,
873 default=None,
874 )
874 )
875 coreconfigitem(
875 coreconfigitem(
876 b'experimental',
876 b'experimental',
877 b'bundlecompthreads',
877 b'bundlecompthreads',
878 default=None,
878 default=None,
879 )
879 )
880 coreconfigitem(
880 coreconfigitem(
881 b'experimental',
881 b'experimental',
882 b'bundlecompthreads.bzip2',
882 b'bundlecompthreads.bzip2',
883 default=None,
883 default=None,
884 )
884 )
885 coreconfigitem(
885 coreconfigitem(
886 b'experimental',
886 b'experimental',
887 b'bundlecompthreads.gzip',
887 b'bundlecompthreads.gzip',
888 default=None,
888 default=None,
889 )
889 )
890 coreconfigitem(
890 coreconfigitem(
891 b'experimental',
891 b'experimental',
892 b'bundlecompthreads.none',
892 b'bundlecompthreads.none',
893 default=None,
893 default=None,
894 )
894 )
895 coreconfigitem(
895 coreconfigitem(
896 b'experimental',
896 b'experimental',
897 b'bundlecompthreads.zstd',
897 b'bundlecompthreads.zstd',
898 default=None,
898 default=None,
899 )
899 )
900 coreconfigitem(
900 coreconfigitem(
901 b'experimental',
901 b'experimental',
902 b'changegroup3',
902 b'changegroup3',
903 default=False,
903 default=False,
904 )
904 )
905 coreconfigitem(
905 coreconfigitem(
906 b'experimental',
906 b'experimental',
907 b'changegroup4',
907 b'changegroup4',
908 default=False,
908 default=False,
909 )
909 )
910 coreconfigitem(
910 coreconfigitem(
911 b'experimental',
911 b'experimental',
912 b'cleanup-as-archived',
912 b'cleanup-as-archived',
913 default=False,
913 default=False,
914 )
914 )
915 coreconfigitem(
915 coreconfigitem(
916 b'experimental',
916 b'experimental',
917 b'clientcompressionengines',
917 b'clientcompressionengines',
918 default=list,
918 default=list,
919 )
919 )
920 coreconfigitem(
920 coreconfigitem(
921 b'experimental',
921 b'experimental',
922 b'copytrace',
922 b'copytrace',
923 default=b'on',
923 default=b'on',
924 )
924 )
925 coreconfigitem(
925 coreconfigitem(
926 b'experimental',
926 b'experimental',
927 b'copytrace.movecandidateslimit',
927 b'copytrace.movecandidateslimit',
928 default=100,
928 default=100,
929 )
929 )
930 coreconfigitem(
930 coreconfigitem(
931 b'experimental',
931 b'experimental',
932 b'copytrace.sourcecommitlimit',
932 b'copytrace.sourcecommitlimit',
933 default=100,
933 default=100,
934 )
934 )
935 coreconfigitem(
935 coreconfigitem(
936 b'experimental',
936 b'experimental',
937 b'copies.read-from',
937 b'copies.read-from',
938 default=b"filelog-only",
938 default=b"filelog-only",
939 )
939 )
940 coreconfigitem(
940 coreconfigitem(
941 b'experimental',
941 b'experimental',
942 b'copies.write-to',
942 b'copies.write-to',
943 default=b'filelog-only',
943 default=b'filelog-only',
944 )
944 )
945 coreconfigitem(
945 coreconfigitem(
946 b'experimental',
946 b'experimental',
947 b'crecordtest',
947 b'crecordtest',
948 default=None,
948 default=None,
949 )
949 )
950 coreconfigitem(
950 coreconfigitem(
951 b'experimental',
951 b'experimental',
952 b'directaccess',
952 b'directaccess',
953 default=False,
953 default=False,
954 )
954 )
955 coreconfigitem(
955 coreconfigitem(
956 b'experimental',
956 b'experimental',
957 b'directaccess.revnums',
957 b'directaccess.revnums',
958 default=False,
958 default=False,
959 )
959 )
960 coreconfigitem(
960 coreconfigitem(
961 b'experimental',
961 b'experimental',
962 b'editortmpinhg',
962 b'editortmpinhg',
963 default=False,
963 default=False,
964 )
964 )
965 coreconfigitem(
965 coreconfigitem(
966 b'experimental',
966 b'experimental',
967 b'evolution',
967 b'evolution',
968 default=list,
968 default=list,
969 )
969 )
970 coreconfigitem(
970 coreconfigitem(
971 b'experimental',
971 b'experimental',
972 b'evolution.allowdivergence',
972 b'evolution.allowdivergence',
973 default=False,
973 default=False,
974 alias=[(b'experimental', b'allowdivergence')],
974 alias=[(b'experimental', b'allowdivergence')],
975 )
975 )
976 coreconfigitem(
976 coreconfigitem(
977 b'experimental',
977 b'experimental',
978 b'evolution.allowunstable',
978 b'evolution.allowunstable',
979 default=None,
979 default=None,
980 )
980 )
981 coreconfigitem(
981 coreconfigitem(
982 b'experimental',
982 b'experimental',
983 b'evolution.createmarkers',
983 b'evolution.createmarkers',
984 default=None,
984 default=None,
985 )
985 )
986 coreconfigitem(
986 coreconfigitem(
987 b'experimental',
987 b'experimental',
988 b'evolution.effect-flags',
988 b'evolution.effect-flags',
989 default=True,
989 default=True,
990 alias=[(b'experimental', b'effect-flags')],
990 alias=[(b'experimental', b'effect-flags')],
991 )
991 )
992 coreconfigitem(
992 coreconfigitem(
993 b'experimental',
993 b'experimental',
994 b'evolution.exchange',
994 b'evolution.exchange',
995 default=None,
995 default=None,
996 )
996 )
997 coreconfigitem(
997 coreconfigitem(
998 b'experimental',
998 b'experimental',
999 b'evolution.bundle-obsmarker',
999 b'evolution.bundle-obsmarker',
1000 default=False,
1000 default=False,
1001 )
1001 )
1002 coreconfigitem(
1002 coreconfigitem(
1003 b'experimental',
1003 b'experimental',
1004 b'evolution.bundle-obsmarker:mandatory',
1004 b'evolution.bundle-obsmarker:mandatory',
1005 default=True,
1005 default=True,
1006 )
1006 )
1007 coreconfigitem(
1007 coreconfigitem(
1008 b'experimental',
1008 b'experimental',
1009 b'log.topo',
1009 b'log.topo',
1010 default=False,
1010 default=False,
1011 )
1011 )
1012 coreconfigitem(
1012 coreconfigitem(
1013 b'experimental',
1013 b'experimental',
1014 b'evolution.report-instabilities',
1014 b'evolution.report-instabilities',
1015 default=True,
1015 default=True,
1016 )
1016 )
1017 coreconfigitem(
1017 coreconfigitem(
1018 b'experimental',
1018 b'experimental',
1019 b'evolution.track-operation',
1019 b'evolution.track-operation',
1020 default=True,
1020 default=True,
1021 )
1021 )
1022 # repo-level config to exclude a revset visibility
1022 # repo-level config to exclude a revset visibility
1023 #
1023 #
1024 # The target use case is to use `share` to expose different subset of the same
1024 # The target use case is to use `share` to expose different subset of the same
1025 # repository, especially server side. See also `server.view`.
1025 # repository, especially server side. See also `server.view`.
1026 coreconfigitem(
1026 coreconfigitem(
1027 b'experimental',
1027 b'experimental',
1028 b'extra-filter-revs',
1028 b'extra-filter-revs',
1029 default=None,
1029 default=None,
1030 )
1030 )
1031 coreconfigitem(
1031 coreconfigitem(
1032 b'experimental',
1032 b'experimental',
1033 b'maxdeltachainspan',
1033 b'maxdeltachainspan',
1034 default=-1,
1034 default=-1,
1035 )
1035 )
1036 # tracks files which were undeleted (merge might delete them but we explicitly
1036 # tracks files which were undeleted (merge might delete them but we explicitly
1037 # kept/undeleted them) and creates new filenodes for them
1037 # kept/undeleted them) and creates new filenodes for them
1038 coreconfigitem(
1038 coreconfigitem(
1039 b'experimental',
1039 b'experimental',
1040 b'merge-track-salvaged',
1040 b'merge-track-salvaged',
1041 default=False,
1041 default=False,
1042 )
1042 )
1043 coreconfigitem(
1043 coreconfigitem(
1044 b'experimental',
1044 b'experimental',
1045 b'mmapindexthreshold',
1045 b'mmapindexthreshold',
1046 default=None,
1046 default=None,
1047 )
1047 )
1048 coreconfigitem(
1048 coreconfigitem(
1049 b'experimental',
1049 b'experimental',
1050 b'narrow',
1050 b'narrow',
1051 default=False,
1051 default=False,
1052 )
1052 )
1053 coreconfigitem(
1053 coreconfigitem(
1054 b'experimental',
1054 b'experimental',
1055 b'nonnormalparanoidcheck',
1055 b'nonnormalparanoidcheck',
1056 default=False,
1056 default=False,
1057 )
1057 )
1058 coreconfigitem(
1058 coreconfigitem(
1059 b'experimental',
1059 b'experimental',
1060 b'exportableenviron',
1060 b'exportableenviron',
1061 default=list,
1061 default=list,
1062 )
1062 )
1063 coreconfigitem(
1063 coreconfigitem(
1064 b'experimental',
1064 b'experimental',
1065 b'extendedheader.index',
1065 b'extendedheader.index',
1066 default=None,
1066 default=None,
1067 )
1067 )
1068 coreconfigitem(
1068 coreconfigitem(
1069 b'experimental',
1069 b'experimental',
1070 b'extendedheader.similarity',
1070 b'extendedheader.similarity',
1071 default=False,
1071 default=False,
1072 )
1072 )
1073 coreconfigitem(
1073 coreconfigitem(
1074 b'experimental',
1074 b'experimental',
1075 b'graphshorten',
1075 b'graphshorten',
1076 default=False,
1076 default=False,
1077 )
1077 )
1078 coreconfigitem(
1078 coreconfigitem(
1079 b'experimental',
1079 b'experimental',
1080 b'graphstyle.parent',
1080 b'graphstyle.parent',
1081 default=dynamicdefault,
1081 default=dynamicdefault,
1082 )
1082 )
1083 coreconfigitem(
1083 coreconfigitem(
1084 b'experimental',
1084 b'experimental',
1085 b'graphstyle.missing',
1085 b'graphstyle.missing',
1086 default=dynamicdefault,
1086 default=dynamicdefault,
1087 )
1087 )
1088 coreconfigitem(
1088 coreconfigitem(
1089 b'experimental',
1089 b'experimental',
1090 b'graphstyle.grandparent',
1090 b'graphstyle.grandparent',
1091 default=dynamicdefault,
1091 default=dynamicdefault,
1092 )
1092 )
1093 coreconfigitem(
1093 coreconfigitem(
1094 b'experimental',
1094 b'experimental',
1095 b'hook-track-tags',
1095 b'hook-track-tags',
1096 default=False,
1096 default=False,
1097 )
1097 )
1098 coreconfigitem(
1098 coreconfigitem(
1099 b'experimental',
1099 b'experimental',
1100 b'httppostargs',
1100 b'httppostargs',
1101 default=False,
1101 default=False,
1102 )
1102 )
1103 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt', default=False)
1103 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt', default=False)
1104 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt-interactiveonly', default=True)
1104 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt-interactiveonly', default=True)
1105
1105
1106 coreconfigitem(
1106 coreconfigitem(
1107 b'experimental',
1107 b'experimental',
1108 b'obsmarkers-exchange-debug',
1108 b'obsmarkers-exchange-debug',
1109 default=False,
1109 default=False,
1110 )
1110 )
1111 coreconfigitem(
1111 coreconfigitem(
1112 b'experimental',
1112 b'experimental',
1113 b'remotenames',
1113 b'remotenames',
1114 default=False,
1114 default=False,
1115 )
1115 )
1116 coreconfigitem(
1116 coreconfigitem(
1117 b'experimental',
1117 b'experimental',
1118 b'removeemptydirs',
1118 b'removeemptydirs',
1119 default=True,
1119 default=True,
1120 )
1120 )
1121 coreconfigitem(
1121 coreconfigitem(
1122 b'experimental',
1122 b'experimental',
1123 b'revert.interactive.select-to-keep',
1123 b'revert.interactive.select-to-keep',
1124 default=False,
1124 default=False,
1125 )
1125 )
1126 coreconfigitem(
1126 coreconfigitem(
1127 b'experimental',
1127 b'experimental',
1128 b'revisions.prefixhexnode',
1128 b'revisions.prefixhexnode',
1129 default=False,
1129 default=False,
1130 )
1130 )
1131 # "out of experimental" todo list.
1131 # "out of experimental" todo list.
1132 #
1132 #
1133 # * include management of a persistent nodemap in the main docket
1133 # * include management of a persistent nodemap in the main docket
1134 # * enforce a "no-truncate" policy for mmap safety
1134 # * enforce a "no-truncate" policy for mmap safety
1135 # - for censoring operation
1135 # - for censoring operation
1136 # - for stripping operation
1136 # - for stripping operation
1137 # - for rollback operation
1137 # - for rollback operation
1138 # * proper streaming (race free) of the docket file
1138 # * proper streaming (race free) of the docket file
1139 # * track garbage data to evemtually allow rewriting -existing- sidedata.
1139 # * track garbage data to evemtually allow rewriting -existing- sidedata.
1140 # * Exchange-wise, we will also need to do something more efficient than
1140 # * Exchange-wise, we will also need to do something more efficient than
1141 # keeping references to the affected revlogs, especially memory-wise when
1141 # keeping references to the affected revlogs, especially memory-wise when
1142 # rewriting sidedata.
1142 # rewriting sidedata.
1143 # * introduce a proper solution to reduce the number of filelog related files.
1143 # * introduce a proper solution to reduce the number of filelog related files.
1144 # * use caching for reading sidedata (similar to what we do for data).
1144 # * use caching for reading sidedata (similar to what we do for data).
1145 # * no longer set offset=0 if sidedata_size=0 (simplify cutoff computation).
1145 # * no longer set offset=0 if sidedata_size=0 (simplify cutoff computation).
1146 # * Improvement to consider
1146 # * Improvement to consider
1147 # - avoid compression header in chunk using the default compression?
1147 # - avoid compression header in chunk using the default compression?
1148 # - forbid "inline" compression mode entirely?
1148 # - forbid "inline" compression mode entirely?
1149 # - split the data offset and flag field (the 2 bytes save are mostly trouble)
1149 # - split the data offset and flag field (the 2 bytes save are mostly trouble)
1150 # - keep track of uncompressed -chunk- size (to preallocate memory better)
1150 # - keep track of uncompressed -chunk- size (to preallocate memory better)
1151 # - keep track of chain base or size (probably not that useful anymore)
1151 # - keep track of chain base or size (probably not that useful anymore)
1152 coreconfigitem(
1152 coreconfigitem(
1153 b'experimental',
1153 b'experimental',
1154 b'revlogv2',
1154 b'revlogv2',
1155 default=None,
1155 default=None,
1156 )
1156 )
1157 coreconfigitem(
1157 coreconfigitem(
1158 b'experimental',
1158 b'experimental',
1159 b'revisions.disambiguatewithin',
1159 b'revisions.disambiguatewithin',
1160 default=None,
1160 default=None,
1161 )
1161 )
1162 coreconfigitem(
1162 coreconfigitem(
1163 b'experimental',
1163 b'experimental',
1164 b'rust.index',
1164 b'rust.index',
1165 default=False,
1165 default=False,
1166 )
1166 )
1167 coreconfigitem(
1167 coreconfigitem(
1168 b'experimental',
1168 b'experimental',
1169 b'server.filesdata.recommended-batch-size',
1169 b'server.filesdata.recommended-batch-size',
1170 default=50000,
1170 default=50000,
1171 )
1171 )
1172 coreconfigitem(
1172 coreconfigitem(
1173 b'experimental',
1173 b'experimental',
1174 b'server.manifestdata.recommended-batch-size',
1174 b'server.manifestdata.recommended-batch-size',
1175 default=100000,
1175 default=100000,
1176 )
1176 )
1177 coreconfigitem(
1177 coreconfigitem(
1178 b'experimental',
1178 b'experimental',
1179 b'server.stream-narrow-clones',
1179 b'server.stream-narrow-clones',
1180 default=False,
1180 default=False,
1181 )
1181 )
1182 coreconfigitem(
1182 coreconfigitem(
1183 b'experimental',
1183 b'experimental',
1184 b'single-head-per-branch',
1184 b'single-head-per-branch',
1185 default=False,
1185 default=False,
1186 )
1186 )
1187 coreconfigitem(
1187 coreconfigitem(
1188 b'experimental',
1188 b'experimental',
1189 b'single-head-per-branch:account-closed-heads',
1189 b'single-head-per-branch:account-closed-heads',
1190 default=False,
1190 default=False,
1191 )
1191 )
1192 coreconfigitem(
1192 coreconfigitem(
1193 b'experimental',
1193 b'experimental',
1194 b'single-head-per-branch:public-changes-only',
1194 b'single-head-per-branch:public-changes-only',
1195 default=False,
1195 default=False,
1196 )
1196 )
1197 coreconfigitem(
1197 coreconfigitem(
1198 b'experimental',
1198 b'experimental',
1199 b'sparse-read',
1199 b'sparse-read',
1200 default=False,
1200 default=False,
1201 )
1201 )
1202 coreconfigitem(
1202 coreconfigitem(
1203 b'experimental',
1203 b'experimental',
1204 b'sparse-read.density-threshold',
1204 b'sparse-read.density-threshold',
1205 default=0.50,
1205 default=0.50,
1206 )
1206 )
1207 coreconfigitem(
1207 coreconfigitem(
1208 b'experimental',
1208 b'experimental',
1209 b'sparse-read.min-gap-size',
1209 b'sparse-read.min-gap-size',
1210 default=b'65K',
1210 default=b'65K',
1211 )
1211 )
1212 coreconfigitem(
1212 coreconfigitem(
1213 b'experimental',
1213 b'experimental',
1214 b'treemanifest',
1214 b'treemanifest',
1215 default=False,
1215 default=False,
1216 )
1216 )
1217 coreconfigitem(
1217 coreconfigitem(
1218 b'experimental',
1218 b'experimental',
1219 b'update.atomic-file',
1219 b'update.atomic-file',
1220 default=False,
1220 default=False,
1221 )
1221 )
1222 coreconfigitem(
1222 coreconfigitem(
1223 b'experimental',
1223 b'experimental',
1224 b'web.full-garbage-collection-rate',
1224 b'web.full-garbage-collection-rate',
1225 default=1, # still forcing a full collection on each request
1225 default=1, # still forcing a full collection on each request
1226 )
1226 )
1227 coreconfigitem(
1227 coreconfigitem(
1228 b'experimental',
1228 b'experimental',
1229 b'worker.wdir-get-thread-safe',
1229 b'worker.wdir-get-thread-safe',
1230 default=False,
1230 default=False,
1231 )
1231 )
1232 coreconfigitem(
1232 coreconfigitem(
1233 b'experimental',
1233 b'experimental',
1234 b'worker.repository-upgrade',
1234 b'worker.repository-upgrade',
1235 default=False,
1235 default=False,
1236 )
1236 )
1237 coreconfigitem(
1237 coreconfigitem(
1238 b'experimental',
1238 b'experimental',
1239 b'xdiff',
1239 b'xdiff',
1240 default=False,
1240 default=False,
1241 )
1241 )
1242 coreconfigitem(
1242 coreconfigitem(
1243 b'extensions',
1243 b'extensions',
1244 b'[^:]*',
1244 b'[^:]*',
1245 default=None,
1245 default=None,
1246 generic=True,
1246 generic=True,
1247 )
1247 )
1248 coreconfigitem(
1248 coreconfigitem(
1249 b'extensions',
1249 b'extensions',
1250 b'[^:]*:required',
1250 b'[^:]*:required',
1251 default=False,
1251 default=False,
1252 generic=True,
1252 generic=True,
1253 )
1253 )
1254 coreconfigitem(
1254 coreconfigitem(
1255 b'extdata',
1255 b'extdata',
1256 b'.*',
1256 b'.*',
1257 default=None,
1257 default=None,
1258 generic=True,
1258 generic=True,
1259 )
1259 )
1260 coreconfigitem(
1260 coreconfigitem(
1261 b'format',
1261 b'format',
1262 b'bookmarks-in-store',
1262 b'bookmarks-in-store',
1263 default=False,
1263 default=False,
1264 )
1264 )
1265 coreconfigitem(
1265 coreconfigitem(
1266 b'format',
1266 b'format',
1267 b'chunkcachesize',
1267 b'chunkcachesize',
1268 default=None,
1268 default=None,
1269 experimental=True,
1269 experimental=True,
1270 )
1270 )
1271 coreconfigitem(
1271 coreconfigitem(
1272 # Enable this dirstate format *when creating a new repository*.
1272 # Enable this dirstate format *when creating a new repository*.
1273 # Which format to use for existing repos is controlled by .hg/requires
1273 # Which format to use for existing repos is controlled by .hg/requires
1274 b'format',
1274 b'format',
1275 b'use-dirstate-v2',
1275 b'use-dirstate-v2',
1276 default=False,
1276 default=False,
1277 experimental=True,
1277 experimental=True,
1278 alias=[(b'format', b'exp-rc-dirstate-v2')],
1278 alias=[(b'format', b'exp-rc-dirstate-v2')],
1279 )
1279 )
1280 coreconfigitem(
1280 coreconfigitem(
1281 b'format',
1281 b'format',
1282 b'use-dirstate-tracked-hint',
1282 b'use-dirstate-tracked-hint',
1283 default=False,
1283 default=False,
1284 experimental=True,
1284 experimental=True,
1285 )
1285 )
1286 coreconfigitem(
1286 coreconfigitem(
1287 b'format',
1287 b'format',
1288 b'use-dirstate-tracked-hint.version',
1288 b'use-dirstate-tracked-hint.version',
1289 default=1,
1289 default=1,
1290 experimental=True,
1290 experimental=True,
1291 )
1291 )
1292 coreconfigitem(
1292 coreconfigitem(
1293 b'format',
1293 b'format',
1294 b'dotencode',
1294 b'dotencode',
1295 default=True,
1295 default=True,
1296 )
1296 )
1297 coreconfigitem(
1297 coreconfigitem(
1298 b'format',
1298 b'format',
1299 b'generaldelta',
1299 b'generaldelta',
1300 default=False,
1300 default=False,
1301 experimental=True,
1301 experimental=True,
1302 )
1302 )
1303 coreconfigitem(
1303 coreconfigitem(
1304 b'format',
1304 b'format',
1305 b'manifestcachesize',
1305 b'manifestcachesize',
1306 default=None,
1306 default=None,
1307 experimental=True,
1307 experimental=True,
1308 )
1308 )
1309 coreconfigitem(
1309 coreconfigitem(
1310 b'format',
1310 b'format',
1311 b'maxchainlen',
1311 b'maxchainlen',
1312 default=dynamicdefault,
1312 default=dynamicdefault,
1313 experimental=True,
1313 experimental=True,
1314 )
1314 )
1315 coreconfigitem(
1315 coreconfigitem(
1316 b'format',
1316 b'format',
1317 b'obsstore-version',
1317 b'obsstore-version',
1318 default=None,
1318 default=None,
1319 )
1319 )
1320 coreconfigitem(
1320 coreconfigitem(
1321 b'format',
1321 b'format',
1322 b'sparse-revlog',
1322 b'sparse-revlog',
1323 default=True,
1323 default=True,
1324 )
1324 )
1325 coreconfigitem(
1325 coreconfigitem(
1326 b'format',
1326 b'format',
1327 b'revlog-compression',
1327 b'revlog-compression',
1328 default=lambda: [b'zstd', b'zlib'],
1328 default=lambda: [b'zstd', b'zlib'],
1329 alias=[(b'experimental', b'format.compression')],
1329 alias=[(b'experimental', b'format.compression')],
1330 )
1330 )
1331 # Experimental TODOs:
1331 # Experimental TODOs:
1332 #
1332 #
1333 # * Same as for revlogv2 (but for the reduction of the number of files)
1333 # * Same as for revlogv2 (but for the reduction of the number of files)
1334 # * Actually computing the rank of changesets
1334 # * Actually computing the rank of changesets
1335 # * Improvement to investigate
1335 # * Improvement to investigate
1336 # - storing .hgtags fnode
1336 # - storing .hgtags fnode
1337 # - storing branch related identifier
1337 # - storing branch related identifier
1338
1338
1339 coreconfigitem(
1339 coreconfigitem(
1340 b'format',
1340 b'format',
1341 b'exp-use-changelog-v2',
1341 b'exp-use-changelog-v2',
1342 default=None,
1342 default=None,
1343 experimental=True,
1343 experimental=True,
1344 )
1344 )
1345 coreconfigitem(
1345 coreconfigitem(
1346 b'format',
1346 b'format',
1347 b'usefncache',
1347 b'usefncache',
1348 default=True,
1348 default=True,
1349 )
1349 )
1350 coreconfigitem(
1350 coreconfigitem(
1351 b'format',
1351 b'format',
1352 b'usegeneraldelta',
1352 b'usegeneraldelta',
1353 default=True,
1353 default=True,
1354 )
1354 )
1355 coreconfigitem(
1355 coreconfigitem(
1356 b'format',
1356 b'format',
1357 b'usestore',
1357 b'usestore',
1358 default=True,
1358 default=True,
1359 )
1359 )
1360
1360
1361
1361
1362 def _persistent_nodemap_default():
1362 def _persistent_nodemap_default():
1363 """compute `use-persistent-nodemap` default value
1363 """compute `use-persistent-nodemap` default value
1364
1364
1365 The feature is disabled unless a fast implementation is available.
1365 The feature is disabled unless a fast implementation is available.
1366 """
1366 """
1367 from . import policy
1367 from . import policy
1368
1368
1369 return policy.importrust('revlog') is not None
1369 return policy.importrust('revlog') is not None
1370
1370
1371
1371
1372 coreconfigitem(
1372 coreconfigitem(
1373 b'format',
1373 b'format',
1374 b'use-persistent-nodemap',
1374 b'use-persistent-nodemap',
1375 default=_persistent_nodemap_default,
1375 default=_persistent_nodemap_default,
1376 )
1376 )
1377 coreconfigitem(
1377 coreconfigitem(
1378 b'format',
1378 b'format',
1379 b'exp-use-copies-side-data-changeset',
1379 b'exp-use-copies-side-data-changeset',
1380 default=False,
1380 default=False,
1381 experimental=True,
1381 experimental=True,
1382 )
1382 )
1383 coreconfigitem(
1383 coreconfigitem(
1384 b'format',
1384 b'format',
1385 b'use-share-safe',
1385 b'use-share-safe',
1386 default=True,
1386 default=True,
1387 )
1387 )
1388 coreconfigitem(
1388 coreconfigitem(
1389 b'format',
1389 b'format',
1390 b'internal-phase',
1390 b'internal-phase',
1391 default=False,
1391 default=False,
1392 experimental=True,
1392 experimental=True,
1393 )
1393 )
1394 coreconfigitem(
1394 coreconfigitem(
1395 b'fsmonitor',
1395 b'fsmonitor',
1396 b'warn_when_unused',
1396 b'warn_when_unused',
1397 default=True,
1397 default=True,
1398 )
1398 )
1399 coreconfigitem(
1399 coreconfigitem(
1400 b'fsmonitor',
1400 b'fsmonitor',
1401 b'warn_update_file_count',
1401 b'warn_update_file_count',
1402 default=50000,
1402 default=50000,
1403 )
1403 )
1404 coreconfigitem(
1404 coreconfigitem(
1405 b'fsmonitor',
1405 b'fsmonitor',
1406 b'warn_update_file_count_rust',
1406 b'warn_update_file_count_rust',
1407 default=400000,
1407 default=400000,
1408 )
1408 )
1409 coreconfigitem(
1409 coreconfigitem(
1410 b'help',
1410 b'help',
1411 br'hidden-command\..*',
1411 br'hidden-command\..*',
1412 default=False,
1412 default=False,
1413 generic=True,
1413 generic=True,
1414 )
1414 )
1415 coreconfigitem(
1415 coreconfigitem(
1416 b'help',
1416 b'help',
1417 br'hidden-topic\..*',
1417 br'hidden-topic\..*',
1418 default=False,
1418 default=False,
1419 generic=True,
1419 generic=True,
1420 )
1420 )
1421 coreconfigitem(
1421 coreconfigitem(
1422 b'hooks',
1422 b'hooks',
1423 b'[^:]*',
1423 b'[^:]*',
1424 default=dynamicdefault,
1424 default=dynamicdefault,
1425 generic=True,
1425 generic=True,
1426 )
1426 )
1427 coreconfigitem(
1427 coreconfigitem(
1428 b'hooks',
1428 b'hooks',
1429 b'.*:run-with-plain',
1429 b'.*:run-with-plain',
1430 default=True,
1430 default=True,
1431 generic=True,
1431 generic=True,
1432 )
1432 )
1433 coreconfigitem(
1433 coreconfigitem(
1434 b'hgweb-paths',
1434 b'hgweb-paths',
1435 b'.*',
1435 b'.*',
1436 default=list,
1436 default=list,
1437 generic=True,
1437 generic=True,
1438 )
1438 )
1439 coreconfigitem(
1439 coreconfigitem(
1440 b'hostfingerprints',
1440 b'hostfingerprints',
1441 b'.*',
1441 b'.*',
1442 default=list,
1442 default=list,
1443 generic=True,
1443 generic=True,
1444 )
1444 )
1445 coreconfigitem(
1445 coreconfigitem(
1446 b'hostsecurity',
1446 b'hostsecurity',
1447 b'ciphers',
1447 b'ciphers',
1448 default=None,
1448 default=None,
1449 )
1449 )
1450 coreconfigitem(
1450 coreconfigitem(
1451 b'hostsecurity',
1451 b'hostsecurity',
1452 b'minimumprotocol',
1452 b'minimumprotocol',
1453 default=dynamicdefault,
1453 default=dynamicdefault,
1454 )
1454 )
1455 coreconfigitem(
1455 coreconfigitem(
1456 b'hostsecurity',
1456 b'hostsecurity',
1457 b'.*:minimumprotocol$',
1457 b'.*:minimumprotocol$',
1458 default=dynamicdefault,
1458 default=dynamicdefault,
1459 generic=True,
1459 generic=True,
1460 )
1460 )
1461 coreconfigitem(
1461 coreconfigitem(
1462 b'hostsecurity',
1462 b'hostsecurity',
1463 b'.*:ciphers$',
1463 b'.*:ciphers$',
1464 default=dynamicdefault,
1464 default=dynamicdefault,
1465 generic=True,
1465 generic=True,
1466 )
1466 )
1467 coreconfigitem(
1467 coreconfigitem(
1468 b'hostsecurity',
1468 b'hostsecurity',
1469 b'.*:fingerprints$',
1469 b'.*:fingerprints$',
1470 default=list,
1470 default=list,
1471 generic=True,
1471 generic=True,
1472 )
1472 )
1473 coreconfigitem(
1473 coreconfigitem(
1474 b'hostsecurity',
1474 b'hostsecurity',
1475 b'.*:verifycertsfile$',
1475 b'.*:verifycertsfile$',
1476 default=None,
1476 default=None,
1477 generic=True,
1477 generic=True,
1478 )
1478 )
1479
1479
1480 coreconfigitem(
1480 coreconfigitem(
1481 b'http_proxy',
1481 b'http_proxy',
1482 b'always',
1482 b'always',
1483 default=False,
1483 default=False,
1484 )
1484 )
1485 coreconfigitem(
1485 coreconfigitem(
1486 b'http_proxy',
1486 b'http_proxy',
1487 b'host',
1487 b'host',
1488 default=None,
1488 default=None,
1489 )
1489 )
1490 coreconfigitem(
1490 coreconfigitem(
1491 b'http_proxy',
1491 b'http_proxy',
1492 b'no',
1492 b'no',
1493 default=list,
1493 default=list,
1494 )
1494 )
1495 coreconfigitem(
1495 coreconfigitem(
1496 b'http_proxy',
1496 b'http_proxy',
1497 b'passwd',
1497 b'passwd',
1498 default=None,
1498 default=None,
1499 )
1499 )
1500 coreconfigitem(
1500 coreconfigitem(
1501 b'http_proxy',
1501 b'http_proxy',
1502 b'user',
1502 b'user',
1503 default=None,
1503 default=None,
1504 )
1504 )
1505
1505
1506 coreconfigitem(
1506 coreconfigitem(
1507 b'http',
1507 b'http',
1508 b'timeout',
1508 b'timeout',
1509 default=None,
1509 default=None,
1510 )
1510 )
1511
1511
1512 coreconfigitem(
1512 coreconfigitem(
1513 b'logtoprocess',
1513 b'logtoprocess',
1514 b'commandexception',
1514 b'commandexception',
1515 default=None,
1515 default=None,
1516 )
1516 )
1517 coreconfigitem(
1517 coreconfigitem(
1518 b'logtoprocess',
1518 b'logtoprocess',
1519 b'commandfinish',
1519 b'commandfinish',
1520 default=None,
1520 default=None,
1521 )
1521 )
1522 coreconfigitem(
1522 coreconfigitem(
1523 b'logtoprocess',
1523 b'logtoprocess',
1524 b'command',
1524 b'command',
1525 default=None,
1525 default=None,
1526 )
1526 )
1527 coreconfigitem(
1527 coreconfigitem(
1528 b'logtoprocess',
1528 b'logtoprocess',
1529 b'develwarn',
1529 b'develwarn',
1530 default=None,
1530 default=None,
1531 )
1531 )
1532 coreconfigitem(
1532 coreconfigitem(
1533 b'logtoprocess',
1533 b'logtoprocess',
1534 b'uiblocked',
1534 b'uiblocked',
1535 default=None,
1535 default=None,
1536 )
1536 )
1537 coreconfigitem(
1537 coreconfigitem(
1538 b'merge',
1538 b'merge',
1539 b'checkunknown',
1539 b'checkunknown',
1540 default=b'abort',
1540 default=b'abort',
1541 )
1541 )
1542 coreconfigitem(
1542 coreconfigitem(
1543 b'merge',
1543 b'merge',
1544 b'checkignored',
1544 b'checkignored',
1545 default=b'abort',
1545 default=b'abort',
1546 )
1546 )
1547 coreconfigitem(
1547 coreconfigitem(
1548 b'experimental',
1548 b'experimental',
1549 b'merge.checkpathconflicts',
1549 b'merge.checkpathconflicts',
1550 default=False,
1550 default=False,
1551 )
1551 )
1552 coreconfigitem(
1552 coreconfigitem(
1553 b'merge',
1553 b'merge',
1554 b'followcopies',
1554 b'followcopies',
1555 default=True,
1555 default=True,
1556 )
1556 )
1557 coreconfigitem(
1557 coreconfigitem(
1558 b'merge',
1558 b'merge',
1559 b'on-failure',
1559 b'on-failure',
1560 default=b'continue',
1560 default=b'continue',
1561 )
1561 )
1562 coreconfigitem(
1562 coreconfigitem(
1563 b'merge',
1563 b'merge',
1564 b'preferancestor',
1564 b'preferancestor',
1565 default=lambda: [b'*'],
1565 default=lambda: [b'*'],
1566 experimental=True,
1566 experimental=True,
1567 )
1567 )
1568 coreconfigitem(
1568 coreconfigitem(
1569 b'merge',
1569 b'merge',
1570 b'strict-capability-check',
1570 b'strict-capability-check',
1571 default=False,
1571 default=False,
1572 )
1572 )
1573 coreconfigitem(
1573 coreconfigitem(
1574 b'merge-tools',
1574 b'merge-tools',
1575 b'.*',
1575 b'.*',
1576 default=None,
1576 default=None,
1577 generic=True,
1577 generic=True,
1578 )
1578 )
1579 coreconfigitem(
1579 coreconfigitem(
1580 b'merge-tools',
1580 b'merge-tools',
1581 br'.*\.args$',
1581 br'.*\.args$',
1582 default=b"$local $base $other",
1582 default=b"$local $base $other",
1583 generic=True,
1583 generic=True,
1584 priority=-1,
1584 priority=-1,
1585 )
1585 )
1586 coreconfigitem(
1586 coreconfigitem(
1587 b'merge-tools',
1587 b'merge-tools',
1588 br'.*\.binary$',
1588 br'.*\.binary$',
1589 default=False,
1589 default=False,
1590 generic=True,
1590 generic=True,
1591 priority=-1,
1591 priority=-1,
1592 )
1592 )
1593 coreconfigitem(
1593 coreconfigitem(
1594 b'merge-tools',
1594 b'merge-tools',
1595 br'.*\.check$',
1595 br'.*\.check$',
1596 default=list,
1596 default=list,
1597 generic=True,
1597 generic=True,
1598 priority=-1,
1598 priority=-1,
1599 )
1599 )
1600 coreconfigitem(
1600 coreconfigitem(
1601 b'merge-tools',
1601 b'merge-tools',
1602 br'.*\.checkchanged$',
1602 br'.*\.checkchanged$',
1603 default=False,
1603 default=False,
1604 generic=True,
1604 generic=True,
1605 priority=-1,
1605 priority=-1,
1606 )
1606 )
1607 coreconfigitem(
1607 coreconfigitem(
1608 b'merge-tools',
1608 b'merge-tools',
1609 br'.*\.executable$',
1609 br'.*\.executable$',
1610 default=dynamicdefault,
1610 default=dynamicdefault,
1611 generic=True,
1611 generic=True,
1612 priority=-1,
1612 priority=-1,
1613 )
1613 )
1614 coreconfigitem(
1614 coreconfigitem(
1615 b'merge-tools',
1615 b'merge-tools',
1616 br'.*\.fixeol$',
1616 br'.*\.fixeol$',
1617 default=False,
1617 default=False,
1618 generic=True,
1618 generic=True,
1619 priority=-1,
1619 priority=-1,
1620 )
1620 )
1621 coreconfigitem(
1621 coreconfigitem(
1622 b'merge-tools',
1622 b'merge-tools',
1623 br'.*\.gui$',
1623 br'.*\.gui$',
1624 default=False,
1624 default=False,
1625 generic=True,
1625 generic=True,
1626 priority=-1,
1626 priority=-1,
1627 )
1627 )
1628 coreconfigitem(
1628 coreconfigitem(
1629 b'merge-tools',
1629 b'merge-tools',
1630 br'.*\.mergemarkers$',
1630 br'.*\.mergemarkers$',
1631 default=b'basic',
1631 default=b'basic',
1632 generic=True,
1632 generic=True,
1633 priority=-1,
1633 priority=-1,
1634 )
1634 )
1635 coreconfigitem(
1635 coreconfigitem(
1636 b'merge-tools',
1636 b'merge-tools',
1637 br'.*\.mergemarkertemplate$',
1637 br'.*\.mergemarkertemplate$',
1638 default=dynamicdefault, # take from command-templates.mergemarker
1638 default=dynamicdefault, # take from command-templates.mergemarker
1639 generic=True,
1639 generic=True,
1640 priority=-1,
1640 priority=-1,
1641 )
1641 )
1642 coreconfigitem(
1642 coreconfigitem(
1643 b'merge-tools',
1643 b'merge-tools',
1644 br'.*\.priority$',
1644 br'.*\.priority$',
1645 default=0,
1645 default=0,
1646 generic=True,
1646 generic=True,
1647 priority=-1,
1647 priority=-1,
1648 )
1648 )
1649 coreconfigitem(
1649 coreconfigitem(
1650 b'merge-tools',
1650 b'merge-tools',
1651 br'.*\.premerge$',
1651 br'.*\.premerge$',
1652 default=dynamicdefault,
1652 default=dynamicdefault,
1653 generic=True,
1653 generic=True,
1654 priority=-1,
1654 priority=-1,
1655 )
1655 )
1656 coreconfigitem(
1656 coreconfigitem(
1657 b'merge-tools',
1657 b'merge-tools',
1658 br'.*\.symlink$',
1658 br'.*\.symlink$',
1659 default=False,
1659 default=False,
1660 generic=True,
1660 generic=True,
1661 priority=-1,
1661 priority=-1,
1662 )
1662 )
1663 coreconfigitem(
1663 coreconfigitem(
1664 b'pager',
1664 b'pager',
1665 b'attend-.*',
1665 b'attend-.*',
1666 default=dynamicdefault,
1666 default=dynamicdefault,
1667 generic=True,
1667 generic=True,
1668 )
1668 )
1669 coreconfigitem(
1669 coreconfigitem(
1670 b'pager',
1670 b'pager',
1671 b'ignore',
1671 b'ignore',
1672 default=list,
1672 default=list,
1673 )
1673 )
1674 coreconfigitem(
1674 coreconfigitem(
1675 b'pager',
1675 b'pager',
1676 b'pager',
1676 b'pager',
1677 default=dynamicdefault,
1677 default=dynamicdefault,
1678 )
1678 )
1679 coreconfigitem(
1679 coreconfigitem(
1680 b'patch',
1680 b'patch',
1681 b'eol',
1681 b'eol',
1682 default=b'strict',
1682 default=b'strict',
1683 )
1683 )
1684 coreconfigitem(
1684 coreconfigitem(
1685 b'patch',
1685 b'patch',
1686 b'fuzz',
1686 b'fuzz',
1687 default=2,
1687 default=2,
1688 )
1688 )
1689 coreconfigitem(
1689 coreconfigitem(
1690 b'paths',
1690 b'paths',
1691 b'default',
1691 b'default',
1692 default=None,
1692 default=None,
1693 )
1693 )
1694 coreconfigitem(
1694 coreconfigitem(
1695 b'paths',
1695 b'paths',
1696 b'default-push',
1696 b'default-push',
1697 default=None,
1697 default=None,
1698 )
1698 )
1699 coreconfigitem(
1699 coreconfigitem(
1700 b'paths',
1700 b'paths',
1701 b'.*',
1701 b'.*',
1702 default=None,
1702 default=None,
1703 generic=True,
1703 generic=True,
1704 )
1704 )
1705 coreconfigitem(
1705 coreconfigitem(
1706 b'phases',
1706 b'phases',
1707 b'checksubrepos',
1707 b'checksubrepos',
1708 default=b'follow',
1708 default=b'follow',
1709 )
1709 )
1710 coreconfigitem(
1710 coreconfigitem(
1711 b'phases',
1711 b'phases',
1712 b'new-commit',
1712 b'new-commit',
1713 default=b'draft',
1713 default=b'draft',
1714 )
1714 )
1715 coreconfigitem(
1715 coreconfigitem(
1716 b'phases',
1716 b'phases',
1717 b'publish',
1717 b'publish',
1718 default=True,
1718 default=True,
1719 )
1719 )
1720 coreconfigitem(
1720 coreconfigitem(
1721 b'profiling',
1721 b'profiling',
1722 b'enabled',
1722 b'enabled',
1723 default=False,
1723 default=False,
1724 )
1724 )
1725 coreconfigitem(
1725 coreconfigitem(
1726 b'profiling',
1726 b'profiling',
1727 b'format',
1727 b'format',
1728 default=b'text',
1728 default=b'text',
1729 )
1729 )
1730 coreconfigitem(
1730 coreconfigitem(
1731 b'profiling',
1731 b'profiling',
1732 b'freq',
1732 b'freq',
1733 default=1000,
1733 default=1000,
1734 )
1734 )
1735 coreconfigitem(
1735 coreconfigitem(
1736 b'profiling',
1736 b'profiling',
1737 b'limit',
1737 b'limit',
1738 default=30,
1738 default=30,
1739 )
1739 )
1740 coreconfigitem(
1740 coreconfigitem(
1741 b'profiling',
1741 b'profiling',
1742 b'nested',
1742 b'nested',
1743 default=0,
1743 default=0,
1744 )
1744 )
1745 coreconfigitem(
1745 coreconfigitem(
1746 b'profiling',
1746 b'profiling',
1747 b'output',
1747 b'output',
1748 default=None,
1748 default=None,
1749 )
1749 )
1750 coreconfigitem(
1750 coreconfigitem(
1751 b'profiling',
1751 b'profiling',
1752 b'showmax',
1752 b'showmax',
1753 default=0.999,
1753 default=0.999,
1754 )
1754 )
1755 coreconfigitem(
1755 coreconfigitem(
1756 b'profiling',
1756 b'profiling',
1757 b'showmin',
1757 b'showmin',
1758 default=dynamicdefault,
1758 default=dynamicdefault,
1759 )
1759 )
1760 coreconfigitem(
1760 coreconfigitem(
1761 b'profiling',
1761 b'profiling',
1762 b'showtime',
1762 b'showtime',
1763 default=True,
1763 default=True,
1764 )
1764 )
1765 coreconfigitem(
1765 coreconfigitem(
1766 b'profiling',
1766 b'profiling',
1767 b'sort',
1767 b'sort',
1768 default=b'inlinetime',
1768 default=b'inlinetime',
1769 )
1769 )
1770 coreconfigitem(
1770 coreconfigitem(
1771 b'profiling',
1771 b'profiling',
1772 b'statformat',
1772 b'statformat',
1773 default=b'hotpath',
1773 default=b'hotpath',
1774 )
1774 )
1775 coreconfigitem(
1775 coreconfigitem(
1776 b'profiling',
1776 b'profiling',
1777 b'time-track',
1777 b'time-track',
1778 default=dynamicdefault,
1778 default=dynamicdefault,
1779 )
1779 )
1780 coreconfigitem(
1780 coreconfigitem(
1781 b'profiling',
1781 b'profiling',
1782 b'type',
1782 b'type',
1783 default=b'stat',
1783 default=b'stat',
1784 )
1784 )
1785 coreconfigitem(
1785 coreconfigitem(
1786 b'progress',
1786 b'progress',
1787 b'assume-tty',
1787 b'assume-tty',
1788 default=False,
1788 default=False,
1789 )
1789 )
1790 coreconfigitem(
1790 coreconfigitem(
1791 b'progress',
1791 b'progress',
1792 b'changedelay',
1792 b'changedelay',
1793 default=1,
1793 default=1,
1794 )
1794 )
1795 coreconfigitem(
1795 coreconfigitem(
1796 b'progress',
1796 b'progress',
1797 b'clear-complete',
1797 b'clear-complete',
1798 default=True,
1798 default=True,
1799 )
1799 )
1800 coreconfigitem(
1800 coreconfigitem(
1801 b'progress',
1801 b'progress',
1802 b'debug',
1802 b'debug',
1803 default=False,
1803 default=False,
1804 )
1804 )
1805 coreconfigitem(
1805 coreconfigitem(
1806 b'progress',
1806 b'progress',
1807 b'delay',
1807 b'delay',
1808 default=3,
1808 default=3,
1809 )
1809 )
1810 coreconfigitem(
1810 coreconfigitem(
1811 b'progress',
1811 b'progress',
1812 b'disable',
1812 b'disable',
1813 default=False,
1813 default=False,
1814 )
1814 )
1815 coreconfigitem(
1815 coreconfigitem(
1816 b'progress',
1816 b'progress',
1817 b'estimateinterval',
1817 b'estimateinterval',
1818 default=60.0,
1818 default=60.0,
1819 )
1819 )
1820 coreconfigitem(
1820 coreconfigitem(
1821 b'progress',
1821 b'progress',
1822 b'format',
1822 b'format',
1823 default=lambda: [b'topic', b'bar', b'number', b'estimate'],
1823 default=lambda: [b'topic', b'bar', b'number', b'estimate'],
1824 )
1824 )
1825 coreconfigitem(
1825 coreconfigitem(
1826 b'progress',
1826 b'progress',
1827 b'refresh',
1827 b'refresh',
1828 default=0.1,
1828 default=0.1,
1829 )
1829 )
1830 coreconfigitem(
1830 coreconfigitem(
1831 b'progress',
1831 b'progress',
1832 b'width',
1832 b'width',
1833 default=dynamicdefault,
1833 default=dynamicdefault,
1834 )
1834 )
1835 coreconfigitem(
1835 coreconfigitem(
1836 b'pull',
1836 b'pull',
1837 b'confirm',
1837 b'confirm',
1838 default=False,
1838 default=False,
1839 )
1839 )
1840 coreconfigitem(
1840 coreconfigitem(
1841 b'push',
1841 b'push',
1842 b'pushvars.server',
1842 b'pushvars.server',
1843 default=False,
1843 default=False,
1844 )
1844 )
1845 coreconfigitem(
1845 coreconfigitem(
1846 b'rewrite',
1846 b'rewrite',
1847 b'backup-bundle',
1847 b'backup-bundle',
1848 default=True,
1848 default=True,
1849 alias=[(b'ui', b'history-editing-backup')],
1849 alias=[(b'ui', b'history-editing-backup')],
1850 )
1850 )
1851 coreconfigitem(
1851 coreconfigitem(
1852 b'rewrite',
1852 b'rewrite',
1853 b'update-timestamp',
1853 b'update-timestamp',
1854 default=False,
1854 default=False,
1855 )
1855 )
1856 coreconfigitem(
1856 coreconfigitem(
1857 b'rewrite',
1857 b'rewrite',
1858 b'empty-successor',
1858 b'empty-successor',
1859 default=b'skip',
1859 default=b'skip',
1860 experimental=True,
1860 experimental=True,
1861 )
1861 )
1862 # experimental as long as format.use-dirstate-v2 is.
1862 # experimental as long as format.use-dirstate-v2 is.
1863 coreconfigitem(
1863 coreconfigitem(
1864 b'storage',
1864 b'storage',
1865 b'dirstate-v2.slow-path',
1865 b'dirstate-v2.slow-path',
1866 default=b"abort",
1866 default=b"abort",
1867 experimental=True,
1867 experimental=True,
1868 )
1868 )
1869 coreconfigitem(
1869 coreconfigitem(
1870 b'storage',
1870 b'storage',
1871 b'new-repo-backend',
1871 b'new-repo-backend',
1872 default=b'revlogv1',
1872 default=b'revlogv1',
1873 experimental=True,
1873 experimental=True,
1874 )
1874 )
1875 coreconfigitem(
1875 coreconfigitem(
1876 b'storage',
1876 b'storage',
1877 b'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice',
1877 b'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice',
1878 default=True,
1878 default=True,
1879 alias=[(b'format', b'aggressivemergedeltas')],
1879 alias=[(b'format', b'aggressivemergedeltas')],
1880 )
1880 )
1881 coreconfigitem(
1881 coreconfigitem(
1882 b'storage',
1882 b'storage',
1883 b'revlog.issue6528.fix-incoming',
1883 b'revlog.issue6528.fix-incoming',
1884 default=True,
1884 default=True,
1885 )
1885 )
1886 # experimental as long as rust is experimental (or a C version is implemented)
1886 # experimental as long as rust is experimental (or a C version is implemented)
1887 coreconfigitem(
1887 coreconfigitem(
1888 b'storage',
1888 b'storage',
1889 b'revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap',
1889 b'revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap',
1890 default=True,
1890 default=True,
1891 )
1891 )
1892 # experimental as long as format.use-persistent-nodemap is.
1892 # experimental as long as format.use-persistent-nodemap is.
1893 coreconfigitem(
1893 coreconfigitem(
1894 b'storage',
1894 b'storage',
1895 b'revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path',
1895 b'revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path',
1896 default=b"abort",
1896 default=b"abort",
1897 )
1897 )
1898
1898
1899 coreconfigitem(
1899 coreconfigitem(
1900 b'storage',
1900 b'storage',
1901 b'revlog.reuse-external-delta',
1901 b'revlog.reuse-external-delta',
1902 default=True,
1902 default=True,
1903 )
1903 )
1904 coreconfigitem(
1904 coreconfigitem(
1905 b'storage',
1905 b'storage',
1906 b'revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent',
1906 b'revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent',
1907 default=None,
1907 default=None,
1908 )
1908 )
1909 coreconfigitem(
1909 coreconfigitem(
1910 b'storage',
1910 b'storage',
1911 b'revlog.zlib.level',
1911 b'revlog.zlib.level',
1912 default=None,
1912 default=None,
1913 )
1913 )
1914 coreconfigitem(
1914 coreconfigitem(
1915 b'storage',
1915 b'storage',
1916 b'revlog.zstd.level',
1916 b'revlog.zstd.level',
1917 default=None,
1917 default=None,
1918 )
1918 )
1919 coreconfigitem(
1919 coreconfigitem(
1920 b'server',
1920 b'server',
1921 b'bookmarks-pushkey-compat',
1921 b'bookmarks-pushkey-compat',
1922 default=True,
1922 default=True,
1923 )
1923 )
1924 coreconfigitem(
1924 coreconfigitem(
1925 b'server',
1925 b'server',
1926 b'bundle1',
1926 b'bundle1',
1927 default=True,
1927 default=True,
1928 )
1928 )
1929 coreconfigitem(
1929 coreconfigitem(
1930 b'server',
1930 b'server',
1931 b'bundle1gd',
1931 b'bundle1gd',
1932 default=None,
1932 default=None,
1933 )
1933 )
1934 coreconfigitem(
1934 coreconfigitem(
1935 b'server',
1935 b'server',
1936 b'bundle1.pull',
1936 b'bundle1.pull',
1937 default=None,
1937 default=None,
1938 )
1938 )
1939 coreconfigitem(
1939 coreconfigitem(
1940 b'server',
1940 b'server',
1941 b'bundle1gd.pull',
1941 b'bundle1gd.pull',
1942 default=None,
1942 default=None,
1943 )
1943 )
1944 coreconfigitem(
1944 coreconfigitem(
1945 b'server',
1945 b'server',
1946 b'bundle1.push',
1946 b'bundle1.push',
1947 default=None,
1947 default=None,
1948 )
1948 )
1949 coreconfigitem(
1949 coreconfigitem(
1950 b'server',
1950 b'server',
1951 b'bundle1gd.push',
1951 b'bundle1gd.push',
1952 default=None,
1952 default=None,
1953 )
1953 )
1954 coreconfigitem(
1954 coreconfigitem(
1955 b'server',
1955 b'server',
1956 b'bundle2.stream',
1956 b'bundle2.stream',
1957 default=True,
1957 default=True,
1958 alias=[(b'experimental', b'bundle2.stream')],
1958 alias=[(b'experimental', b'bundle2.stream')],
1959 )
1959 )
1960 coreconfigitem(
1960 coreconfigitem(
1961 b'server',
1961 b'server',
1962 b'compressionengines',
1962 b'compressionengines',
1963 default=list,
1963 default=list,
1964 )
1964 )
1965 coreconfigitem(
1965 coreconfigitem(
1966 b'server',
1966 b'server',
1967 b'concurrent-push-mode',
1967 b'concurrent-push-mode',
1968 default=b'check-related',
1968 default=b'check-related',
1969 )
1969 )
1970 coreconfigitem(
1970 coreconfigitem(
1971 b'server',
1971 b'server',
1972 b'disablefullbundle',
1972 b'disablefullbundle',
1973 default=False,
1973 default=False,
1974 )
1974 )
1975 coreconfigitem(
1975 coreconfigitem(
1976 b'server',
1976 b'server',
1977 b'maxhttpheaderlen',
1977 b'maxhttpheaderlen',
1978 default=1024,
1978 default=1024,
1979 )
1979 )
1980 coreconfigitem(
1980 coreconfigitem(
1981 b'server',
1981 b'server',
1982 b'pullbundle',
1982 b'pullbundle',
1983 default=False,
1983 default=False,
1984 )
1984 )
1985 coreconfigitem(
1985 coreconfigitem(
1986 b'server',
1986 b'server',
1987 b'preferuncompressed',
1987 b'preferuncompressed',
1988 default=False,
1988 default=False,
1989 )
1989 )
1990 coreconfigitem(
1990 coreconfigitem(
1991 b'server',
1991 b'server',
1992 b'streamunbundle',
1992 b'streamunbundle',
1993 default=False,
1993 default=False,
1994 )
1994 )
1995 coreconfigitem(
1995 coreconfigitem(
1996 b'server',
1996 b'server',
1997 b'uncompressed',
1997 b'uncompressed',
1998 default=True,
1998 default=True,
1999 )
1999 )
2000 coreconfigitem(
2000 coreconfigitem(
2001 b'server',
2001 b'server',
2002 b'uncompressedallowsecret',
2002 b'uncompressedallowsecret',
2003 default=False,
2003 default=False,
2004 )
2004 )
2005 coreconfigitem(
2005 coreconfigitem(
2006 b'server',
2006 b'server',
2007 b'view',
2007 b'view',
2008 default=b'served',
2008 default=b'served',
2009 )
2009 )
2010 coreconfigitem(
2010 coreconfigitem(
2011 b'server',
2011 b'server',
2012 b'validate',
2012 b'validate',
2013 default=False,
2013 default=False,
2014 )
2014 )
2015 coreconfigitem(
2015 coreconfigitem(
2016 b'server',
2016 b'server',
2017 b'zliblevel',
2017 b'zliblevel',
2018 default=-1,
2018 default=-1,
2019 )
2019 )
2020 coreconfigitem(
2020 coreconfigitem(
2021 b'server',
2021 b'server',
2022 b'zstdlevel',
2022 b'zstdlevel',
2023 default=3,
2023 default=3,
2024 )
2024 )
2025 coreconfigitem(
2025 coreconfigitem(
2026 b'share',
2026 b'share',
2027 b'pool',
2027 b'pool',
2028 default=None,
2028 default=None,
2029 )
2029 )
2030 coreconfigitem(
2030 coreconfigitem(
2031 b'share',
2031 b'share',
2032 b'poolnaming',
2032 b'poolnaming',
2033 default=b'identity',
2033 default=b'identity',
2034 )
2034 )
2035 coreconfigitem(
2035 coreconfigitem(
2036 b'share',
2036 b'share',
2037 b'safe-mismatch.source-not-safe',
2037 b'safe-mismatch.source-not-safe',
2038 default=b'abort',
2038 default=b'abort',
2039 )
2039 )
2040 coreconfigitem(
2040 coreconfigitem(
2041 b'share',
2041 b'share',
2042 b'safe-mismatch.source-safe',
2042 b'safe-mismatch.source-safe',
2043 default=b'abort',
2043 default=b'abort',
2044 )
2044 )
2045 coreconfigitem(
2045 coreconfigitem(
2046 b'share',
2046 b'share',
2047 b'safe-mismatch.source-not-safe.warn',
2047 b'safe-mismatch.source-not-safe.warn',
2048 default=True,
2048 default=True,
2049 )
2049 )
2050 coreconfigitem(
2050 coreconfigitem(
2051 b'share',
2051 b'share',
2052 b'safe-mismatch.source-safe.warn',
2052 b'safe-mismatch.source-safe.warn',
2053 default=True,
2053 default=True,
2054 )
2054 )
2055 coreconfigitem(
2055 coreconfigitem(
2056 b'shelve',
2056 b'shelve',
2057 b'maxbackups',
2057 b'maxbackups',
2058 default=10,
2058 default=10,
2059 )
2059 )
2060 coreconfigitem(
2060 coreconfigitem(
2061 b'smtp',
2061 b'smtp',
2062 b'host',
2062 b'host',
2063 default=None,
2063 default=None,
2064 )
2064 )
2065 coreconfigitem(
2065 coreconfigitem(
2066 b'smtp',
2066 b'smtp',
2067 b'local_hostname',
2067 b'local_hostname',
2068 default=None,
2068 default=None,
2069 )
2069 )
2070 coreconfigitem(
2070 coreconfigitem(
2071 b'smtp',
2071 b'smtp',
2072 b'password',
2072 b'password',
2073 default=None,
2073 default=None,
2074 )
2074 )
2075 coreconfigitem(
2075 coreconfigitem(
2076 b'smtp',
2076 b'smtp',
2077 b'port',
2077 b'port',
2078 default=dynamicdefault,
2078 default=dynamicdefault,
2079 )
2079 )
2080 coreconfigitem(
2080 coreconfigitem(
2081 b'smtp',
2081 b'smtp',
2082 b'tls',
2082 b'tls',
2083 default=b'none',
2083 default=b'none',
2084 )
2084 )
2085 coreconfigitem(
2085 coreconfigitem(
2086 b'smtp',
2086 b'smtp',
2087 b'username',
2087 b'username',
2088 default=None,
2088 default=None,
2089 )
2089 )
2090 coreconfigitem(
2090 coreconfigitem(
2091 b'sparse',
2091 b'sparse',
2092 b'missingwarning',
2092 b'missingwarning',
2093 default=True,
2093 default=True,
2094 experimental=True,
2094 experimental=True,
2095 )
2095 )
2096 coreconfigitem(
2096 coreconfigitem(
2097 b'subrepos',
2097 b'subrepos',
2098 b'allowed',
2098 b'allowed',
2099 default=dynamicdefault, # to make backporting simpler
2099 default=dynamicdefault, # to make backporting simpler
2100 )
2100 )
2101 coreconfigitem(
2101 coreconfigitem(
2102 b'subrepos',
2102 b'subrepos',
2103 b'hg:allowed',
2103 b'hg:allowed',
2104 default=dynamicdefault,
2104 default=dynamicdefault,
2105 )
2105 )
2106 coreconfigitem(
2106 coreconfigitem(
2107 b'subrepos',
2107 b'subrepos',
2108 b'git:allowed',
2108 b'git:allowed',
2109 default=dynamicdefault,
2109 default=dynamicdefault,
2110 )
2110 )
2111 coreconfigitem(
2111 coreconfigitem(
2112 b'subrepos',
2112 b'subrepos',
2113 b'svn:allowed',
2113 b'svn:allowed',
2114 default=dynamicdefault,
2114 default=dynamicdefault,
2115 )
2115 )
2116 coreconfigitem(
2116 coreconfigitem(
2117 b'templates',
2117 b'templates',
2118 b'.*',
2118 b'.*',
2119 default=None,
2119 default=None,
2120 generic=True,
2120 generic=True,
2121 )
2121 )
2122 coreconfigitem(
2122 coreconfigitem(
2123 b'templateconfig',
2123 b'templateconfig',
2124 b'.*',
2124 b'.*',
2125 default=dynamicdefault,
2125 default=dynamicdefault,
2126 generic=True,
2126 generic=True,
2127 )
2127 )
2128 coreconfigitem(
2128 coreconfigitem(
2129 b'trusted',
2129 b'trusted',
2130 b'groups',
2130 b'groups',
2131 default=list,
2131 default=list,
2132 )
2132 )
2133 coreconfigitem(
2133 coreconfigitem(
2134 b'trusted',
2134 b'trusted',
2135 b'users',
2135 b'users',
2136 default=list,
2136 default=list,
2137 )
2137 )
2138 coreconfigitem(
2138 coreconfigitem(
2139 b'ui',
2139 b'ui',
2140 b'_usedassubrepo',
2140 b'_usedassubrepo',
2141 default=False,
2141 default=False,
2142 )
2142 )
2143 coreconfigitem(
2143 coreconfigitem(
2144 b'ui',
2144 b'ui',
2145 b'allowemptycommit',
2145 b'allowemptycommit',
2146 default=False,
2146 default=False,
2147 )
2147 )
2148 coreconfigitem(
2148 coreconfigitem(
2149 b'ui',
2149 b'ui',
2150 b'archivemeta',
2150 b'archivemeta',
2151 default=True,
2151 default=True,
2152 )
2152 )
2153 coreconfigitem(
2153 coreconfigitem(
2154 b'ui',
2154 b'ui',
2155 b'askusername',
2155 b'askusername',
2156 default=False,
2156 default=False,
2157 )
2157 )
2158 coreconfigitem(
2158 coreconfigitem(
2159 b'ui',
2159 b'ui',
2160 b'available-memory',
2160 b'available-memory',
2161 default=None,
2161 default=None,
2162 )
2162 )
2163
2163
2164 coreconfigitem(
2164 coreconfigitem(
2165 b'ui',
2165 b'ui',
2166 b'clonebundlefallback',
2166 b'clonebundlefallback',
2167 default=False,
2167 default=False,
2168 )
2168 )
2169 coreconfigitem(
2169 coreconfigitem(
2170 b'ui',
2170 b'ui',
2171 b'clonebundleprefers',
2171 b'clonebundleprefers',
2172 default=list,
2172 default=list,
2173 )
2173 )
2174 coreconfigitem(
2174 coreconfigitem(
2175 b'ui',
2175 b'ui',
2176 b'clonebundles',
2176 b'clonebundles',
2177 default=True,
2177 default=True,
2178 )
2178 )
2179 coreconfigitem(
2179 coreconfigitem(
2180 b'ui',
2180 b'ui',
2181 b'color',
2181 b'color',
2182 default=b'auto',
2182 default=b'auto',
2183 )
2183 )
2184 coreconfigitem(
2184 coreconfigitem(
2185 b'ui',
2185 b'ui',
2186 b'commitsubrepos',
2186 b'commitsubrepos',
2187 default=False,
2187 default=False,
2188 )
2188 )
2189 coreconfigitem(
2189 coreconfigitem(
2190 b'ui',
2190 b'ui',
2191 b'debug',
2191 b'debug',
2192 default=False,
2192 default=False,
2193 )
2193 )
2194 coreconfigitem(
2194 coreconfigitem(
2195 b'ui',
2195 b'ui',
2196 b'debugger',
2196 b'debugger',
2197 default=None,
2197 default=None,
2198 )
2198 )
2199 coreconfigitem(
2199 coreconfigitem(
2200 b'ui',
2200 b'ui',
2201 b'editor',
2201 b'editor',
2202 default=dynamicdefault,
2202 default=dynamicdefault,
2203 )
2203 )
2204 coreconfigitem(
2204 coreconfigitem(
2205 b'ui',
2205 b'ui',
2206 b'detailed-exit-code',
2206 b'detailed-exit-code',
2207 default=False,
2207 default=False,
2208 experimental=True,
2208 experimental=True,
2209 )
2209 )
2210 coreconfigitem(
2210 coreconfigitem(
2211 b'ui',
2211 b'ui',
2212 b'fallbackencoding',
2212 b'fallbackencoding',
2213 default=None,
2213 default=None,
2214 )
2214 )
2215 coreconfigitem(
2215 coreconfigitem(
2216 b'ui',
2216 b'ui',
2217 b'forcecwd',
2217 b'forcecwd',
2218 default=None,
2218 default=None,
2219 )
2219 )
2220 coreconfigitem(
2220 coreconfigitem(
2221 b'ui',
2221 b'ui',
2222 b'forcemerge',
2222 b'forcemerge',
2223 default=None,
2223 default=None,
2224 )
2224 )
2225 coreconfigitem(
2225 coreconfigitem(
2226 b'ui',
2226 b'ui',
2227 b'formatdebug',
2227 b'formatdebug',
2228 default=False,
2228 default=False,
2229 )
2229 )
2230 coreconfigitem(
2230 coreconfigitem(
2231 b'ui',
2231 b'ui',
2232 b'formatjson',
2232 b'formatjson',
2233 default=False,
2233 default=False,
2234 )
2234 )
2235 coreconfigitem(
2235 coreconfigitem(
2236 b'ui',
2236 b'ui',
2237 b'formatted',
2237 b'formatted',
2238 default=None,
2238 default=None,
2239 )
2239 )
2240 coreconfigitem(
2240 coreconfigitem(
2241 b'ui',
2241 b'ui',
2242 b'interactive',
2242 b'interactive',
2243 default=None,
2243 default=None,
2244 )
2244 )
2245 coreconfigitem(
2245 coreconfigitem(
2246 b'ui',
2246 b'ui',
2247 b'interface',
2247 b'interface',
2248 default=None,
2248 default=None,
2249 )
2249 )
2250 coreconfigitem(
2250 coreconfigitem(
2251 b'ui',
2251 b'ui',
2252 b'interface.chunkselector',
2252 b'interface.chunkselector',
2253 default=None,
2253 default=None,
2254 )
2254 )
2255 coreconfigitem(
2255 coreconfigitem(
2256 b'ui',
2256 b'ui',
2257 b'large-file-limit',
2257 b'large-file-limit',
2258 default=10000000,
2258 default=10 * (2 ** 20),
2259 )
2259 )
2260 coreconfigitem(
2260 coreconfigitem(
2261 b'ui',
2261 b'ui',
2262 b'logblockedtimes',
2262 b'logblockedtimes',
2263 default=False,
2263 default=False,
2264 )
2264 )
2265 coreconfigitem(
2265 coreconfigitem(
2266 b'ui',
2266 b'ui',
2267 b'merge',
2267 b'merge',
2268 default=None,
2268 default=None,
2269 )
2269 )
2270 coreconfigitem(
2270 coreconfigitem(
2271 b'ui',
2271 b'ui',
2272 b'mergemarkers',
2272 b'mergemarkers',
2273 default=b'basic',
2273 default=b'basic',
2274 )
2274 )
2275 coreconfigitem(
2275 coreconfigitem(
2276 b'ui',
2276 b'ui',
2277 b'message-output',
2277 b'message-output',
2278 default=b'stdio',
2278 default=b'stdio',
2279 )
2279 )
2280 coreconfigitem(
2280 coreconfigitem(
2281 b'ui',
2281 b'ui',
2282 b'nontty',
2282 b'nontty',
2283 default=False,
2283 default=False,
2284 )
2284 )
2285 coreconfigitem(
2285 coreconfigitem(
2286 b'ui',
2286 b'ui',
2287 b'origbackuppath',
2287 b'origbackuppath',
2288 default=None,
2288 default=None,
2289 )
2289 )
2290 coreconfigitem(
2290 coreconfigitem(
2291 b'ui',
2291 b'ui',
2292 b'paginate',
2292 b'paginate',
2293 default=True,
2293 default=True,
2294 )
2294 )
2295 coreconfigitem(
2295 coreconfigitem(
2296 b'ui',
2296 b'ui',
2297 b'patch',
2297 b'patch',
2298 default=None,
2298 default=None,
2299 )
2299 )
2300 coreconfigitem(
2300 coreconfigitem(
2301 b'ui',
2301 b'ui',
2302 b'portablefilenames',
2302 b'portablefilenames',
2303 default=b'warn',
2303 default=b'warn',
2304 )
2304 )
2305 coreconfigitem(
2305 coreconfigitem(
2306 b'ui',
2306 b'ui',
2307 b'promptecho',
2307 b'promptecho',
2308 default=False,
2308 default=False,
2309 )
2309 )
2310 coreconfigitem(
2310 coreconfigitem(
2311 b'ui',
2311 b'ui',
2312 b'quiet',
2312 b'quiet',
2313 default=False,
2313 default=False,
2314 )
2314 )
2315 coreconfigitem(
2315 coreconfigitem(
2316 b'ui',
2316 b'ui',
2317 b'quietbookmarkmove',
2317 b'quietbookmarkmove',
2318 default=False,
2318 default=False,
2319 )
2319 )
2320 coreconfigitem(
2320 coreconfigitem(
2321 b'ui',
2321 b'ui',
2322 b'relative-paths',
2322 b'relative-paths',
2323 default=b'legacy',
2323 default=b'legacy',
2324 )
2324 )
2325 coreconfigitem(
2325 coreconfigitem(
2326 b'ui',
2326 b'ui',
2327 b'remotecmd',
2327 b'remotecmd',
2328 default=b'hg',
2328 default=b'hg',
2329 )
2329 )
2330 coreconfigitem(
2330 coreconfigitem(
2331 b'ui',
2331 b'ui',
2332 b'report_untrusted',
2332 b'report_untrusted',
2333 default=True,
2333 default=True,
2334 )
2334 )
2335 coreconfigitem(
2335 coreconfigitem(
2336 b'ui',
2336 b'ui',
2337 b'rollback',
2337 b'rollback',
2338 default=True,
2338 default=True,
2339 )
2339 )
2340 coreconfigitem(
2340 coreconfigitem(
2341 b'ui',
2341 b'ui',
2342 b'signal-safe-lock',
2342 b'signal-safe-lock',
2343 default=True,
2343 default=True,
2344 )
2344 )
2345 coreconfigitem(
2345 coreconfigitem(
2346 b'ui',
2346 b'ui',
2347 b'slash',
2347 b'slash',
2348 default=False,
2348 default=False,
2349 )
2349 )
2350 coreconfigitem(
2350 coreconfigitem(
2351 b'ui',
2351 b'ui',
2352 b'ssh',
2352 b'ssh',
2353 default=b'ssh',
2353 default=b'ssh',
2354 )
2354 )
2355 coreconfigitem(
2355 coreconfigitem(
2356 b'ui',
2356 b'ui',
2357 b'ssherrorhint',
2357 b'ssherrorhint',
2358 default=None,
2358 default=None,
2359 )
2359 )
2360 coreconfigitem(
2360 coreconfigitem(
2361 b'ui',
2361 b'ui',
2362 b'statuscopies',
2362 b'statuscopies',
2363 default=False,
2363 default=False,
2364 )
2364 )
2365 coreconfigitem(
2365 coreconfigitem(
2366 b'ui',
2366 b'ui',
2367 b'strict',
2367 b'strict',
2368 default=False,
2368 default=False,
2369 )
2369 )
2370 coreconfigitem(
2370 coreconfigitem(
2371 b'ui',
2371 b'ui',
2372 b'style',
2372 b'style',
2373 default=b'',
2373 default=b'',
2374 )
2374 )
2375 coreconfigitem(
2375 coreconfigitem(
2376 b'ui',
2376 b'ui',
2377 b'supportcontact',
2377 b'supportcontact',
2378 default=None,
2378 default=None,
2379 )
2379 )
2380 coreconfigitem(
2380 coreconfigitem(
2381 b'ui',
2381 b'ui',
2382 b'textwidth',
2382 b'textwidth',
2383 default=78,
2383 default=78,
2384 )
2384 )
2385 coreconfigitem(
2385 coreconfigitem(
2386 b'ui',
2386 b'ui',
2387 b'timeout',
2387 b'timeout',
2388 default=b'600',
2388 default=b'600',
2389 )
2389 )
2390 coreconfigitem(
2390 coreconfigitem(
2391 b'ui',
2391 b'ui',
2392 b'timeout.warn',
2392 b'timeout.warn',
2393 default=0,
2393 default=0,
2394 )
2394 )
2395 coreconfigitem(
2395 coreconfigitem(
2396 b'ui',
2396 b'ui',
2397 b'timestamp-output',
2397 b'timestamp-output',
2398 default=False,
2398 default=False,
2399 )
2399 )
2400 coreconfigitem(
2400 coreconfigitem(
2401 b'ui',
2401 b'ui',
2402 b'traceback',
2402 b'traceback',
2403 default=False,
2403 default=False,
2404 )
2404 )
2405 coreconfigitem(
2405 coreconfigitem(
2406 b'ui',
2406 b'ui',
2407 b'tweakdefaults',
2407 b'tweakdefaults',
2408 default=False,
2408 default=False,
2409 )
2409 )
2410 coreconfigitem(b'ui', b'username', alias=[(b'ui', b'user')])
2410 coreconfigitem(b'ui', b'username', alias=[(b'ui', b'user')])
2411 coreconfigitem(
2411 coreconfigitem(
2412 b'ui',
2412 b'ui',
2413 b'verbose',
2413 b'verbose',
2414 default=False,
2414 default=False,
2415 )
2415 )
2416 coreconfigitem(
2416 coreconfigitem(
2417 b'verify',
2417 b'verify',
2418 b'skipflags',
2418 b'skipflags',
2419 default=None,
2419 default=None,
2420 )
2420 )
2421 coreconfigitem(
2421 coreconfigitem(
2422 b'web',
2422 b'web',
2423 b'allowbz2',
2423 b'allowbz2',
2424 default=False,
2424 default=False,
2425 )
2425 )
2426 coreconfigitem(
2426 coreconfigitem(
2427 b'web',
2427 b'web',
2428 b'allowgz',
2428 b'allowgz',
2429 default=False,
2429 default=False,
2430 )
2430 )
2431 coreconfigitem(
2431 coreconfigitem(
2432 b'web',
2432 b'web',
2433 b'allow-pull',
2433 b'allow-pull',
2434 alias=[(b'web', b'allowpull')],
2434 alias=[(b'web', b'allowpull')],
2435 default=True,
2435 default=True,
2436 )
2436 )
2437 coreconfigitem(
2437 coreconfigitem(
2438 b'web',
2438 b'web',
2439 b'allow-push',
2439 b'allow-push',
2440 alias=[(b'web', b'allow_push')],
2440 alias=[(b'web', b'allow_push')],
2441 default=list,
2441 default=list,
2442 )
2442 )
2443 coreconfigitem(
2443 coreconfigitem(
2444 b'web',
2444 b'web',
2445 b'allowzip',
2445 b'allowzip',
2446 default=False,
2446 default=False,
2447 )
2447 )
2448 coreconfigitem(
2448 coreconfigitem(
2449 b'web',
2449 b'web',
2450 b'archivesubrepos',
2450 b'archivesubrepos',
2451 default=False,
2451 default=False,
2452 )
2452 )
2453 coreconfigitem(
2453 coreconfigitem(
2454 b'web',
2454 b'web',
2455 b'cache',
2455 b'cache',
2456 default=True,
2456 default=True,
2457 )
2457 )
2458 coreconfigitem(
2458 coreconfigitem(
2459 b'web',
2459 b'web',
2460 b'comparisoncontext',
2460 b'comparisoncontext',
2461 default=5,
2461 default=5,
2462 )
2462 )
2463 coreconfigitem(
2463 coreconfigitem(
2464 b'web',
2464 b'web',
2465 b'contact',
2465 b'contact',
2466 default=None,
2466 default=None,
2467 )
2467 )
2468 coreconfigitem(
2468 coreconfigitem(
2469 b'web',
2469 b'web',
2470 b'deny_push',
2470 b'deny_push',
2471 default=list,
2471 default=list,
2472 )
2472 )
2473 coreconfigitem(
2473 coreconfigitem(
2474 b'web',
2474 b'web',
2475 b'guessmime',
2475 b'guessmime',
2476 default=False,
2476 default=False,
2477 )
2477 )
2478 coreconfigitem(
2478 coreconfigitem(
2479 b'web',
2479 b'web',
2480 b'hidden',
2480 b'hidden',
2481 default=False,
2481 default=False,
2482 )
2482 )
2483 coreconfigitem(
2483 coreconfigitem(
2484 b'web',
2484 b'web',
2485 b'labels',
2485 b'labels',
2486 default=list,
2486 default=list,
2487 )
2487 )
2488 coreconfigitem(
2488 coreconfigitem(
2489 b'web',
2489 b'web',
2490 b'logoimg',
2490 b'logoimg',
2491 default=b'hglogo.png',
2491 default=b'hglogo.png',
2492 )
2492 )
2493 coreconfigitem(
2493 coreconfigitem(
2494 b'web',
2494 b'web',
2495 b'logourl',
2495 b'logourl',
2496 default=b'https://mercurial-scm.org/',
2496 default=b'https://mercurial-scm.org/',
2497 )
2497 )
2498 coreconfigitem(
2498 coreconfigitem(
2499 b'web',
2499 b'web',
2500 b'accesslog',
2500 b'accesslog',
2501 default=b'-',
2501 default=b'-',
2502 )
2502 )
2503 coreconfigitem(
2503 coreconfigitem(
2504 b'web',
2504 b'web',
2505 b'address',
2505 b'address',
2506 default=b'',
2506 default=b'',
2507 )
2507 )
2508 coreconfigitem(
2508 coreconfigitem(
2509 b'web',
2509 b'web',
2510 b'allow-archive',
2510 b'allow-archive',
2511 alias=[(b'web', b'allow_archive')],
2511 alias=[(b'web', b'allow_archive')],
2512 default=list,
2512 default=list,
2513 )
2513 )
2514 coreconfigitem(
2514 coreconfigitem(
2515 b'web',
2515 b'web',
2516 b'allow_read',
2516 b'allow_read',
2517 default=list,
2517 default=list,
2518 )
2518 )
2519 coreconfigitem(
2519 coreconfigitem(
2520 b'web',
2520 b'web',
2521 b'baseurl',
2521 b'baseurl',
2522 default=None,
2522 default=None,
2523 )
2523 )
2524 coreconfigitem(
2524 coreconfigitem(
2525 b'web',
2525 b'web',
2526 b'cacerts',
2526 b'cacerts',
2527 default=None,
2527 default=None,
2528 )
2528 )
2529 coreconfigitem(
2529 coreconfigitem(
2530 b'web',
2530 b'web',
2531 b'certificate',
2531 b'certificate',
2532 default=None,
2532 default=None,
2533 )
2533 )
2534 coreconfigitem(
2534 coreconfigitem(
2535 b'web',
2535 b'web',
2536 b'collapse',
2536 b'collapse',
2537 default=False,
2537 default=False,
2538 )
2538 )
2539 coreconfigitem(
2539 coreconfigitem(
2540 b'web',
2540 b'web',
2541 b'csp',
2541 b'csp',
2542 default=None,
2542 default=None,
2543 )
2543 )
2544 coreconfigitem(
2544 coreconfigitem(
2545 b'web',
2545 b'web',
2546 b'deny_read',
2546 b'deny_read',
2547 default=list,
2547 default=list,
2548 )
2548 )
2549 coreconfigitem(
2549 coreconfigitem(
2550 b'web',
2550 b'web',
2551 b'descend',
2551 b'descend',
2552 default=True,
2552 default=True,
2553 )
2553 )
2554 coreconfigitem(
2554 coreconfigitem(
2555 b'web',
2555 b'web',
2556 b'description',
2556 b'description',
2557 default=b"",
2557 default=b"",
2558 )
2558 )
2559 coreconfigitem(
2559 coreconfigitem(
2560 b'web',
2560 b'web',
2561 b'encoding',
2561 b'encoding',
2562 default=lambda: encoding.encoding,
2562 default=lambda: encoding.encoding,
2563 )
2563 )
2564 coreconfigitem(
2564 coreconfigitem(
2565 b'web',
2565 b'web',
2566 b'errorlog',
2566 b'errorlog',
2567 default=b'-',
2567 default=b'-',
2568 )
2568 )
2569 coreconfigitem(
2569 coreconfigitem(
2570 b'web',
2570 b'web',
2571 b'ipv6',
2571 b'ipv6',
2572 default=False,
2572 default=False,
2573 )
2573 )
2574 coreconfigitem(
2574 coreconfigitem(
2575 b'web',
2575 b'web',
2576 b'maxchanges',
2576 b'maxchanges',
2577 default=10,
2577 default=10,
2578 )
2578 )
2579 coreconfigitem(
2579 coreconfigitem(
2580 b'web',
2580 b'web',
2581 b'maxfiles',
2581 b'maxfiles',
2582 default=10,
2582 default=10,
2583 )
2583 )
2584 coreconfigitem(
2584 coreconfigitem(
2585 b'web',
2585 b'web',
2586 b'maxshortchanges',
2586 b'maxshortchanges',
2587 default=60,
2587 default=60,
2588 )
2588 )
2589 coreconfigitem(
2589 coreconfigitem(
2590 b'web',
2590 b'web',
2591 b'motd',
2591 b'motd',
2592 default=b'',
2592 default=b'',
2593 )
2593 )
2594 coreconfigitem(
2594 coreconfigitem(
2595 b'web',
2595 b'web',
2596 b'name',
2596 b'name',
2597 default=dynamicdefault,
2597 default=dynamicdefault,
2598 )
2598 )
2599 coreconfigitem(
2599 coreconfigitem(
2600 b'web',
2600 b'web',
2601 b'port',
2601 b'port',
2602 default=8000,
2602 default=8000,
2603 )
2603 )
2604 coreconfigitem(
2604 coreconfigitem(
2605 b'web',
2605 b'web',
2606 b'prefix',
2606 b'prefix',
2607 default=b'',
2607 default=b'',
2608 )
2608 )
2609 coreconfigitem(
2609 coreconfigitem(
2610 b'web',
2610 b'web',
2611 b'push_ssl',
2611 b'push_ssl',
2612 default=True,
2612 default=True,
2613 )
2613 )
2614 coreconfigitem(
2614 coreconfigitem(
2615 b'web',
2615 b'web',
2616 b'refreshinterval',
2616 b'refreshinterval',
2617 default=20,
2617 default=20,
2618 )
2618 )
2619 coreconfigitem(
2619 coreconfigitem(
2620 b'web',
2620 b'web',
2621 b'server-header',
2621 b'server-header',
2622 default=None,
2622 default=None,
2623 )
2623 )
2624 coreconfigitem(
2624 coreconfigitem(
2625 b'web',
2625 b'web',
2626 b'static',
2626 b'static',
2627 default=None,
2627 default=None,
2628 )
2628 )
2629 coreconfigitem(
2629 coreconfigitem(
2630 b'web',
2630 b'web',
2631 b'staticurl',
2631 b'staticurl',
2632 default=None,
2632 default=None,
2633 )
2633 )
2634 coreconfigitem(
2634 coreconfigitem(
2635 b'web',
2635 b'web',
2636 b'stripes',
2636 b'stripes',
2637 default=1,
2637 default=1,
2638 )
2638 )
2639 coreconfigitem(
2639 coreconfigitem(
2640 b'web',
2640 b'web',
2641 b'style',
2641 b'style',
2642 default=b'paper',
2642 default=b'paper',
2643 )
2643 )
2644 coreconfigitem(
2644 coreconfigitem(
2645 b'web',
2645 b'web',
2646 b'templates',
2646 b'templates',
2647 default=None,
2647 default=None,
2648 )
2648 )
2649 coreconfigitem(
2649 coreconfigitem(
2650 b'web',
2650 b'web',
2651 b'view',
2651 b'view',
2652 default=b'served',
2652 default=b'served',
2653 experimental=True,
2653 experimental=True,
2654 )
2654 )
2655 coreconfigitem(
2655 coreconfigitem(
2656 b'worker',
2656 b'worker',
2657 b'backgroundclose',
2657 b'backgroundclose',
2658 default=dynamicdefault,
2658 default=dynamicdefault,
2659 )
2659 )
2660 # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128
2660 # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128
2661 # should give us enough headway.
2661 # should give us enough headway.
2662 coreconfigitem(
2662 coreconfigitem(
2663 b'worker',
2663 b'worker',
2664 b'backgroundclosemaxqueue',
2664 b'backgroundclosemaxqueue',
2665 default=384,
2665 default=384,
2666 )
2666 )
2667 coreconfigitem(
2667 coreconfigitem(
2668 b'worker',
2668 b'worker',
2669 b'backgroundcloseminfilecount',
2669 b'backgroundcloseminfilecount',
2670 default=2048,
2670 default=2048,
2671 )
2671 )
2672 coreconfigitem(
2672 coreconfigitem(
2673 b'worker',
2673 b'worker',
2674 b'backgroundclosethreadcount',
2674 b'backgroundclosethreadcount',
2675 default=4,
2675 default=4,
2676 )
2676 )
2677 coreconfigitem(
2677 coreconfigitem(
2678 b'worker',
2678 b'worker',
2679 b'enabled',
2679 b'enabled',
2680 default=True,
2680 default=True,
2681 )
2681 )
2682 coreconfigitem(
2682 coreconfigitem(
2683 b'worker',
2683 b'worker',
2684 b'numcpus',
2684 b'numcpus',
2685 default=None,
2685 default=None,
2686 )
2686 )
2687
2687
2688 # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing
2688 # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing
2689 # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit
2689 # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit
2690 # without formally loading it.
2690 # without formally loading it.
2691 coreconfigitem(
2691 coreconfigitem(
2692 b'commands',
2692 b'commands',
2693 b'rebase.requiredest',
2693 b'rebase.requiredest',
2694 default=False,
2694 default=False,
2695 )
2695 )
2696 coreconfigitem(
2696 coreconfigitem(
2697 b'experimental',
2697 b'experimental',
2698 b'rebaseskipobsolete',
2698 b'rebaseskipobsolete',
2699 default=True,
2699 default=True,
2700 )
2700 )
2701 coreconfigitem(
2701 coreconfigitem(
2702 b'rebase',
2702 b'rebase',
2703 b'singletransaction',
2703 b'singletransaction',
2704 default=False,
2704 default=False,
2705 )
2705 )
2706 coreconfigitem(
2706 coreconfigitem(
2707 b'rebase',
2707 b'rebase',
2708 b'experimental.inmemory',
2708 b'experimental.inmemory',
2709 default=False,
2709 default=False,
2710 )
2710 )
@@ -1,3205 +1,3205 b''
1 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
1 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
2 aspects of its behavior.
2 aspects of its behavior.
3
3
4 Troubleshooting
4 Troubleshooting
5 ===============
5 ===============
6
6
7 If you're having problems with your configuration,
7 If you're having problems with your configuration,
8 :hg:`config --source` can help you understand what is introducing
8 :hg:`config --source` can help you understand what is introducing
9 a setting into your environment.
9 a setting into your environment.
10
10
11 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
11 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
12 for information about how and where to override things.
12 for information about how and where to override things.
13
13
14 Structure
14 Structure
15 =========
15 =========
16
16
17 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
17 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
18 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
18 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
19 by ``name = value`` entries::
19 by ``name = value`` entries::
20
20
21 [ui]
21 [ui]
22 username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>
22 username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>
23 verbose = True
23 verbose = True
24
24
25 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
25 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
26 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
26 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
27
27
28 Files
28 Files
29 =====
29 =====
30
30
31 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
31 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
32 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
32 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
33 appropriate configuration files yourself:
33 appropriate configuration files yourself:
34
34
35 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
35 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
36
36
37 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
37 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
38
38
39 .. container:: windows
39 .. container:: windows
40
40
41 - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
41 - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
42
42
43 .. container:: unix.plan9
43 .. container:: unix.plan9
44
44
45 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
45 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
46
46
47 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
47 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
48 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
48 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
49 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
49 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
50 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
50 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
51 ones.
51 ones.
52
52
53 .. container:: verbose.unix
53 .. container:: verbose.unix
54
54
55 On Unix, the following files are consulted:
55 On Unix, the following files are consulted:
56
56
57 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
57 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
58 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
58 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
59 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
59 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
60 - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user)
60 - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user)
61 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
61 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
62 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
62 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
63 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
63 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
64 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
64 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
65 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
65 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
66
66
67 .. container:: verbose.windows
67 .. container:: verbose.windows
68
68
69 On Windows, the following files are consulted:
69 On Windows, the following files are consulted:
70
70
71 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
71 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
72 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
72 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
73 - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
73 - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
74 - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
74 - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
75 - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
75 - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
76 - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
76 - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
77 - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-system)
77 - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-system)
78 - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
78 - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
79 - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
79 - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
80 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc`` (per-system)
80 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc`` (per-system)
81 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\Mercurial.ini`` (per-system)
81 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\Mercurial.ini`` (per-system)
82 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-system)
82 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-system)
83 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
83 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
84
84
85 .. note::
85 .. note::
86
86
87 The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
87 The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
88 is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
88 is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
89
89
90 .. container:: verbose.plan9
90 .. container:: verbose.plan9
91
91
92 On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
92 On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
93
93
94 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
94 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
95 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
95 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
96 - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
96 - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
97 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
97 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
98 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
98 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
99 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
99 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
100 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
100 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
101 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
101 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
102
102
103 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
103 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
104 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
104 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
105 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
105 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
106 this file override options in all other configuration files.
106 this file override options in all other configuration files.
107
107
108 .. container:: unix.plan9
108 .. container:: unix.plan9
109
109
110 On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
110 On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
111 belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
111 belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
112 :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
112 :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
113
113
114 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options
114 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options
115 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
115 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
116 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
116 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
117 options.
117 options.
118
118
119 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
119 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
120 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
120 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
121 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
121 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
122
122
123 .. container:: unix.plan9
123 .. container:: unix.plan9
124
124
125 For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
125 For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
126 will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
126 will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
127 files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
127 files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
128 directory.
128 directory.
129
129
130 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
130 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
131 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
131 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
132 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
132 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
133 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
133 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
134 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
134 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
135 be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
135 be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
136 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
136 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
137
137
138 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
138 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
139 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
139 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
140 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
140 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
141 override per-installation options.
141 override per-installation options.
142
142
143 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
143 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
144 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
144 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
145 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
145 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
146 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
146 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
147 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
147 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
148 there.
148 there.
149
149
150 On versions 5.7 and later, if share-safe functionality is enabled,
150 On versions 5.7 and later, if share-safe functionality is enabled,
151 shares will read config file of share source too.
151 shares will read config file of share source too.
152 `<share-source/.hg/hgrc>` is read before reading `<repo/.hg/hgrc>`.
152 `<share-source/.hg/hgrc>` is read before reading `<repo/.hg/hgrc>`.
153
153
154 For configs which should not be shared, `<repo/.hg/hgrc-not-shared>`
154 For configs which should not be shared, `<repo/.hg/hgrc-not-shared>`
155 should be used.
155 should be used.
156
156
157 Syntax
157 Syntax
158 ======
158 ======
159
159
160 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
160 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
161 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
161 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
162 ``configuration keys``)::
162 ``configuration keys``)::
163
163
164 [spam]
164 [spam]
165 eggs=ham
165 eggs=ham
166 green=
166 green=
167 eggs
167 eggs
168
168
169 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
169 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
170 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
170 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
171 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
171 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
172 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
172 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
173
173
174 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
174 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
175 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
175 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
176
176
177 [spam]
177 [spam]
178 eggs=large
178 eggs=large
179 ham=serrano
179 ham=serrano
180 eggs=small
180 eggs=small
181
181
182 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
182 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
183
183
184 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
184 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
185 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
185 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
186 example::
186 example::
187
187
188 [foo]
188 [foo]
189 eggs=large
189 eggs=large
190 ham=serrano
190 ham=serrano
191 eggs=small
191 eggs=small
192
192
193 [bar]
193 [bar]
194 eggs=ham
194 eggs=ham
195 green=
195 green=
196 eggs
196 eggs
197
197
198 [foo]
198 [foo]
199 ham=prosciutto
199 ham=prosciutto
200 eggs=medium
200 eggs=medium
201 bread=toasted
201 bread=toasted
202
202
203 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
203 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
204 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
204 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
205 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
205 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
206 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
206 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
207
207
208 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
208 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
209 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
209 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
210 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
210 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
211 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
211 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
212 above.
212 above.
213
213
214 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
214 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
215 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
215 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
216 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
216 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
217 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
217 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
218 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
218 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
219 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
219 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
220
220
221 %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
221 %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
222
222
223 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
223 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
224
224
225 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
225 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
226 section, if it has been set previously.
226 section, if it has been set previously.
227
227
228 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
228 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
229 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
229 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
230 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
230 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
231 (all case insensitive).
231 (all case insensitive).
232
232
233 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
233 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
234 placed in double quotation marks::
234 placed in double quotation marks::
235
235
236 allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
236 allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
237
237
238 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
238 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
239 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
239 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
240 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
240 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
241
241
242 Sections
242 Sections
243 ========
243 ========
244
244
245 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
245 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
246 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
246 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
247 keys, and their possible values.
247 keys, and their possible values.
248
248
249 ``alias``
249 ``alias``
250 ---------
250 ---------
251
251
252 Defines command aliases.
252 Defines command aliases.
253
253
254 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
254 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
255 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
255 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
256 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
256 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
257 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
257 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
258 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
258 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
259 command to be executed.
259 command to be executed.
260
260
261 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
261 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
262
262
263 <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
263 <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
264
264
265 For example, this definition::
265 For example, this definition::
266
266
267 latest = log --limit 5
267 latest = log --limit 5
268
268
269 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
269 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
270 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
270 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
271
271
272 stable5 = latest -b stable
272 stable5 = latest -b stable
273
273
274 .. note::
274 .. note::
275
275
276 It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
276 It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
277 existing commands, which will then override the original
277 existing commands, which will then override the original
278 definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
278 definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
279
279
280 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
280 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
281 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
281 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
282 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
282 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
283
283
284 echo = !echo $@
284 echo = !echo $@
285
285
286 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
286 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
287 terminal. A better example might be::
287 terminal. A better example might be::
288
288
289 purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f
289 purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f
290
290
291 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
291 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
292 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
292 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
293
293
294 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
294 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
295 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
295 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
296 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
296 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
297 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
297 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
298 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
298 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
299 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
299 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
300
300
301 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
301 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
302 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
302 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
303 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
303 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
304 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
304 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
305 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
305 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
306 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
306 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
307
307
308 .. note::
308 .. note::
309
309
310 Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
310 Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
311 processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
311 processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
312 aliases.
312 aliases.
313
313
314
314
315 ``annotate``
315 ``annotate``
316 ------------
316 ------------
317
317
318 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
318 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
319 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
319 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
320 related options for the diff command.
320 related options for the diff command.
321
321
322 ``ignorews``
322 ``ignorews``
323 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
323 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
324
324
325 ``ignorewseol``
325 ``ignorewseol``
326 Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines.
326 Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines.
327
327
328 ``ignorewsamount``
328 ``ignorewsamount``
329 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
329 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
330
330
331 ``ignoreblanklines``
331 ``ignoreblanklines``
332 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
332 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
333
333
334
334
335 ``auth``
335 ``auth``
336 --------
336 --------
337
337
338 Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration
338 Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration
339 for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and
339 for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and
340 passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See
340 passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See
341 :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to
341 :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to
342 your HTTP server.
342 your HTTP server.
343
343
344 The following options apply to all hosts.
344 The following options apply to all hosts.
345
345
346 ``cookiefile``
346 ``cookiefile``
347 Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a
347 Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a
348 host will be sent automatically.
348 host will be sent automatically.
349
349
350 The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies
350 The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies
351 on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab
351 on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab
352 character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name,
352 character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name,
353 value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt
353 value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt
354 format."
354 format."
355
355
356 Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You
356 Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You
357 will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized.
357 will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized.
358 This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server.
358 This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server.
359
359
360 The cookies file is read-only.
360 The cookies file is read-only.
361
361
362 Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following
362 Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following
363 format::
363 format::
364
364
365 <name>.<argument> = <value>
365 <name>.<argument> = <value>
366
366
367 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
367 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
368 entries. Example::
368 entries. Example::
369
369
370 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
370 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
371 foo.username = foo
371 foo.username = foo
372 foo.password = bar
372 foo.password = bar
373 foo.schemes = http https
373 foo.schemes = http https
374
374
375 bar.prefix = secure.example.org
375 bar.prefix = secure.example.org
376 bar.key = path/to/file.key
376 bar.key = path/to/file.key
377 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
377 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
378 bar.schemes = https
378 bar.schemes = https
379
379
380 Supported arguments:
380 Supported arguments:
381
381
382 ``prefix``
382 ``prefix``
383 Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
383 Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
384 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
384 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
385 (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
385 (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
386 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
386 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
387 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
387 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
388 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
388 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
389
389
390 ``username``
390 ``username``
391 Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
391 Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
392 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
392 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
393 be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
393 be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
394 username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
394 username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
395 includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
395 includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
396 username or without a username will be considered.
396 username or without a username will be considered.
397
397
398 ``password``
398 ``password``
399 Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
399 Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
400 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
400 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
401 will be prompted for it.
401 will be prompted for it.
402
402
403 ``key``
403 ``key``
404 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
404 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
405 variables are expanded in the filename.
405 variables are expanded in the filename.
406
406
407 ``cert``
407 ``cert``
408 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
408 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
409 variables are expanded in the filename.
409 variables are expanded in the filename.
410
410
411 ``schemes``
411 ``schemes``
412 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
412 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
413 authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
413 authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
414 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
414 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
415 static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
415 static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
416 (default: https)
416 (default: https)
417
417
418 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
418 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
419 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
419 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
420
420
421 ``cmdserver``
421 ``cmdserver``
422 -------------
422 -------------
423
423
424 Controls command server settings. (ADVANCED)
424 Controls command server settings. (ADVANCED)
425
425
426 ``message-encodings``
426 ``message-encodings``
427 List of encodings for the ``m`` (message) channel. The first encoding
427 List of encodings for the ``m`` (message) channel. The first encoding
428 supported by the server will be selected and advertised in the hello
428 supported by the server will be selected and advertised in the hello
429 message. This is useful only when ``ui.message-output`` is set to
429 message. This is useful only when ``ui.message-output`` is set to
430 ``channel``. Supported encodings are ``cbor``.
430 ``channel``. Supported encodings are ``cbor``.
431
431
432 ``shutdown-on-interrupt``
432 ``shutdown-on-interrupt``
433 If set to false, the server's main loop will continue running after
433 If set to false, the server's main loop will continue running after
434 SIGINT received. ``runcommand`` requests can still be interrupted by
434 SIGINT received. ``runcommand`` requests can still be interrupted by
435 SIGINT. Close the write end of the pipe to shut down the server
435 SIGINT. Close the write end of the pipe to shut down the server
436 process gracefully.
436 process gracefully.
437 (default: True)
437 (default: True)
438
438
439 ``color``
439 ``color``
440 ---------
440 ---------
441
441
442 Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom
442 Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom
443 effect and style see :hg:`help color`.
443 effect and style see :hg:`help color`.
444
444
445 ``mode``
445 ``mode``
446 String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``,
446 String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``,
447 ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will
447 ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will
448 use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a
448 use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a
449 terminal. Any invalid value will disable color.
449 terminal. Any invalid value will disable color.
450
450
451 ``pagermode``
451 ``pagermode``
452 String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager.
452 String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager.
453
453
454 On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
454 On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
455 color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option
455 color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option
456 will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
456 will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
457 emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
457 emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
458 either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
458 either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
459 pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
459 pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
460 codes).
460 codes).
461
461
462 On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
462 On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
463 a different color mode than the pager program.
463 a different color mode than the pager program.
464
464
465 ``commands``
465 ``commands``
466 ------------
466 ------------
467
467
468 ``commit.post-status``
468 ``commit.post-status``
469 Show status of files in the working directory after successful commit.
469 Show status of files in the working directory after successful commit.
470 (default: False)
470 (default: False)
471
471
472 ``merge.require-rev``
472 ``merge.require-rev``
473 Require that the revision to merge the current commit with be specified on
473 Require that the revision to merge the current commit with be specified on
474 the command line. If this is enabled and a revision is not specified, the
474 the command line. If this is enabled and a revision is not specified, the
475 command aborts.
475 command aborts.
476 (default: False)
476 (default: False)
477
477
478 ``push.require-revs``
478 ``push.require-revs``
479 Require revisions to push be specified using one or more mechanisms such as
479 Require revisions to push be specified using one or more mechanisms such as
480 specifying them positionally on the command line, using ``-r``, ``-b``,
480 specifying them positionally on the command line, using ``-r``, ``-b``,
481 and/or ``-B`` on the command line, or using ``paths.<path>:pushrev`` in the
481 and/or ``-B`` on the command line, or using ``paths.<path>:pushrev`` in the
482 configuration. If this is enabled and revisions are not specified, the
482 configuration. If this is enabled and revisions are not specified, the
483 command aborts.
483 command aborts.
484 (default: False)
484 (default: False)
485
485
486 ``resolve.confirm``
486 ``resolve.confirm``
487 Confirm before performing action if no filename is passed.
487 Confirm before performing action if no filename is passed.
488 (default: False)
488 (default: False)
489
489
490 ``resolve.explicit-re-merge``
490 ``resolve.explicit-re-merge``
491 Require uses of ``hg resolve`` to specify which action it should perform,
491 Require uses of ``hg resolve`` to specify which action it should perform,
492 instead of re-merging files by default.
492 instead of re-merging files by default.
493 (default: False)
493 (default: False)
494
494
495 ``resolve.mark-check``
495 ``resolve.mark-check``
496 Determines what level of checking :hg:`resolve --mark` will perform before
496 Determines what level of checking :hg:`resolve --mark` will perform before
497 marking files as resolved. Valid values are ``none`, ``warn``, and
497 marking files as resolved. Valid values are ``none`, ``warn``, and
498 ``abort``. ``warn`` will output a warning listing the file(s) that still
498 ``abort``. ``warn`` will output a warning listing the file(s) that still
499 have conflict markers in them, but will still mark everything resolved.
499 have conflict markers in them, but will still mark everything resolved.
500 ``abort`` will output the same warning but will not mark things as resolved.
500 ``abort`` will output the same warning but will not mark things as resolved.
501 If --all is passed and this is set to ``abort``, only a warning will be
501 If --all is passed and this is set to ``abort``, only a warning will be
502 shown (an error will not be raised).
502 shown (an error will not be raised).
503 (default: ``none``)
503 (default: ``none``)
504
504
505 ``status.relative``
505 ``status.relative``
506 Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory.
506 Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory.
507 (default: False)
507 (default: False)
508
508
509 ``status.terse``
509 ``status.terse``
510 Default value for the --terse flag, which condenses status output.
510 Default value for the --terse flag, which condenses status output.
511 (default: empty)
511 (default: empty)
512
512
513 ``update.check``
513 ``update.check``
514 Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving
514 Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving
515 to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``,
515 to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``,
516 ``linear``, and ``noconflict``.
516 ``linear``, and ``noconflict``.
517
517
518 - ``abort`` always fails if the working directory has uncommitted changes.
518 - ``abort`` always fails if the working directory has uncommitted changes.
519
519
520 - ``none`` performs no checking, and may result in a merge with uncommitted changes.
520 - ``none`` performs no checking, and may result in a merge with uncommitted changes.
521
521
522 - ``linear`` allows any update as long as it follows a straight line in the
522 - ``linear`` allows any update as long as it follows a straight line in the
523 revision history, and may trigger a merge with uncommitted changes.
523 revision history, and may trigger a merge with uncommitted changes.
524
524
525 - ``noconflict`` will allow any update which would not trigger a merge with
525 - ``noconflict`` will allow any update which would not trigger a merge with
526 uncommitted changes, if any are present.
526 uncommitted changes, if any are present.
527
527
528 (default: ``linear``)
528 (default: ``linear``)
529
529
530 ``update.requiredest``
530 ``update.requiredest``
531 Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`.
531 Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`.
532 For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update`
532 For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update`
533 will be disallowed.
533 will be disallowed.
534 (default: False)
534 (default: False)
535
535
536 ``committemplate``
536 ``committemplate``
537 ------------------
537 ------------------
538
538
539 ``changeset``
539 ``changeset``
540 String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
540 String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
541 customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
541 customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
542
542
543 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
543 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
544 below can be used for customization:
544 below can be used for customization:
545
545
546 ``extramsg``
546 ``extramsg``
547 String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
547 String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
548 commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
548 commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
549
549
550 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
550 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
551 one shown by default::
551 one shown by default::
552
552
553 [committemplate]
553 [committemplate]
554 changeset = {desc}\n\n
554 changeset = {desc}\n\n
555 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
555 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
556 HG: {extramsg}
556 HG: {extramsg}
557 HG: --
557 HG: --
558 HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
558 HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
559 "HG: branch merge\n")
559 "HG: branch merge\n")
560 }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
560 }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
561 "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos %
561 "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos %
562 "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds %
562 "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds %
563 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
563 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
564 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
564 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
565 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
565 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
566 "HG: no files changed\n")}
566 "HG: no files changed\n")}
567
567
568 ``diff()``
568 ``diff()``
569 String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
569 String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
570
570
571 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
571 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
572 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
572 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
573 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
573 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
574 it::
574 it::
575
575
576 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
576 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
577
577
578 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
578 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
579 extra message::
579 extra message::
580
580
581 [committemplate]
581 [committemplate]
582 changeset = {desc}\n\n
582 changeset = {desc}\n\n
583 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
583 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
584 HG: {extramsg}
584 HG: {extramsg}
585 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
585 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
586 HG: Do not touch the line above.
586 HG: Do not touch the line above.
587 HG: Everything below will be removed.
587 HG: Everything below will be removed.
588 {diff()}
588 {diff()}
589
589
590 .. note::
590 .. note::
591
591
592 For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
592 For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
593 detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
593 detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
594 avoid showing broken characters.
594 avoid showing broken characters.
595
595
596 For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
596 For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
597 followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
597 followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
598 the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
598 the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
599 (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
599 (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
600
600
601 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
601 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
602 required):
602 required):
603
603
604 - :hg:`backout`
604 - :hg:`backout`
605 - :hg:`commit`
605 - :hg:`commit`
606 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
606 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
607 - :hg:`graft`
607 - :hg:`graft`
608 - :hg:`histedit`
608 - :hg:`histedit`
609 - :hg:`import`
609 - :hg:`import`
610 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
610 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
611 - :hg:`rebase`
611 - :hg:`rebase`
612 - :hg:`shelve`
612 - :hg:`shelve`
613 - :hg:`sign`
613 - :hg:`sign`
614 - :hg:`tag`
614 - :hg:`tag`
615 - :hg:`transplant`
615 - :hg:`transplant`
616
616
617 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
617 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
618 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
618 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
619 messages for each action.
619 messages for each action.
620
620
621 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
621 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
622 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
622 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
623 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
623 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
624 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
624 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
625 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
625 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
626 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
626 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
627 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
627 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
628 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
628 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
629 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
629 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
630 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
630 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
631 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
631 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
632 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
632 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
633 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
633 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
634 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
634 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
635 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
635 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
636 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
636 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
637 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
637 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
638 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
638 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
639 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
639 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
640 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
640 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
641 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
641 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
642 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
642 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
643 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
643 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
644 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
644 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
645 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
645 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
646 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
646 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
647
647
648 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
648 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
649 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
649 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
650 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
650 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
651 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
651 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
652
652
653 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
653 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
654 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
654 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
655 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
655 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
656 variable.
656 variable.
657
657
658 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
658 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
659 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
659 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
660 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
660 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
661
661
662 [committemplate]
662 [committemplate]
663 listupfiles = {file_adds %
663 listupfiles = {file_adds %
664 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
664 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
665 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
665 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
666 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
666 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
667 "HG: no files changed\n")}
667 "HG: no files changed\n")}
668
668
669 ``decode/encode``
669 ``decode/encode``
670 -----------------
670 -----------------
671
671
672 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
672 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
673 typically be used for newline processing or other
673 typically be used for newline processing or other
674 localization/canonicalization of files.
674 localization/canonicalization of files.
675
675
676 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
676 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
677 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
677 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
678 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
678 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
679 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
679 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
680 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
680 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
681 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
681 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
682
682
683 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
683 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
684 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
684 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
685
685
686 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
686 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
687 data on stdout.
687 data on stdout.
688
688
689 Pipe example::
689 Pipe example::
690
690
691 [encode]
691 [encode]
692 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
692 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
693 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
693 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
694 *.gz = pipe: gunzip
694 *.gz = pipe: gunzip
695
695
696 [decode]
696 [decode]
697 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
697 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
698 # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
698 # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
699 *.gz = gzip
699 *.gz = gzip
700
700
701 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
701 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
702 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
702 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
703 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
703 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
704 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
704 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
705 the command.
705 the command.
706
706
707 .. container:: windows
707 .. container:: windows
708
708
709 .. note::
709 .. note::
710
710
711 The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
711 The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
712 where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
712 where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
713 strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
713 strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
714
714
715 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
715 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
716 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
716 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
717 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
717 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
718
718
719
719
720 ``defaults``
720 ``defaults``
721 ------------
721 ------------
722
722
723 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
723 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
724
724
725 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
725 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
726 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
726 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
727
727
728 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
728 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
729 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
729 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
730
730
731 [defaults]
731 [defaults]
732 log = -v
732 log = -v
733 status = -m
733 status = -m
734
734
735 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
735 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
736 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
736 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
737 to the aliases of the commands defined.
737 to the aliases of the commands defined.
738
738
739
739
740 ``diff``
740 ``diff``
741 --------
741 --------
742
742
743 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
743 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
744 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
744 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
745 for related options for the annotate command.
745 for related options for the annotate command.
746
746
747 ``git``
747 ``git``
748 Use git extended diff format.
748 Use git extended diff format.
749
749
750 ``nobinary``
750 ``nobinary``
751 Omit git binary patches.
751 Omit git binary patches.
752
752
753 ``nodates``
753 ``nodates``
754 Don't include dates in diff headers.
754 Don't include dates in diff headers.
755
755
756 ``noprefix``
756 ``noprefix``
757 Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
757 Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
758
758
759 ``showfunc``
759 ``showfunc``
760 Show which function each change is in.
760 Show which function each change is in.
761
761
762 ``ignorews``
762 ``ignorews``
763 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
763 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
764
764
765 ``ignorewsamount``
765 ``ignorewsamount``
766 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
766 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
767
767
768 ``ignoreblanklines``
768 ``ignoreblanklines``
769 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
769 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
770
770
771 ``unified``
771 ``unified``
772 Number of lines of context to show.
772 Number of lines of context to show.
773
773
774 ``word-diff``
774 ``word-diff``
775 Highlight changed words.
775 Highlight changed words.
776
776
777 ``email``
777 ``email``
778 ---------
778 ---------
779
779
780 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
780 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
781
781
782 ``from``
782 ``from``
783 Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
783 Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
784 of outgoing messages.
784 of outgoing messages.
785
785
786 ``to``
786 ``to``
787 Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
787 Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
788
788
789 ``cc``
789 ``cc``
790 Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
790 Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
791 email addresses.
791 email addresses.
792
792
793 ``bcc``
793 ``bcc``
794 Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
794 Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
795 email addresses.
795 email addresses.
796
796
797 ``method``
797 ``method``
798 Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
798 Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
799 (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
799 (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
800 Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
800 Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
801 (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
801 (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
802 message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
802 message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
803 ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
803 ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
804
804
805 ``charsets``
805 ``charsets``
806 Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
806 Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
807 convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
807 convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
808 containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
808 containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
809 first character set to which conversion from local encoding
809 first character set to which conversion from local encoding
810 (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
810 (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
811 conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
811 conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
812 (default: '')
812 (default: '')
813
813
814 Order of outgoing email character sets:
814 Order of outgoing email character sets:
815
815
816 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
816 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
817 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
817 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
818 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
818 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
819 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
819 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
820 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
820 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
821
821
822 Email example::
822 Email example::
823
823
824 [email]
824 [email]
825 from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
825 from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
826 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
826 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
827 # charsets for western Europeans
827 # charsets for western Europeans
828 # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
828 # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
829 charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
829 charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
830
830
831
831
832 ``extensions``
832 ``extensions``
833 --------------
833 --------------
834
834
835 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
835 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
836 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
836 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
837
837
838 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
838 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
839 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
839 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
840 after the ``=``.
840 after the ``=``.
841
841
842 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
842 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
843 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
843 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
844 defines the extension.
844 defines the extension.
845
845
846 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
846 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
847 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
847 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
848 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
848 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
849
849
850 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
850 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
851
851
852 [extensions]
852 [extensions]
853 # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
853 # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
854 churn =
854 churn =
855 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
855 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
856 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
856 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
857
857
858 If an extension fails to load, a warning will be issued, and Mercurial will
858 If an extension fails to load, a warning will be issued, and Mercurial will
859 proceed. To enforce that an extension must be loaded, one can set the `required`
859 proceed. To enforce that an extension must be loaded, one can set the `required`
860 suboption in the config::
860 suboption in the config::
861
861
862 [extensions]
862 [extensions]
863 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
863 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
864 myfeature:required = yes
864 myfeature:required = yes
865
865
866 To debug extension loading issue, one can add `--traceback` to their mercurial
866 To debug extension loading issue, one can add `--traceback` to their mercurial
867 invocation.
867 invocation.
868
868
869 A default setting can we set using the special `*` extension key::
869 A default setting can we set using the special `*` extension key::
870
870
871 [extensions]
871 [extensions]
872 *:required = yes
872 *:required = yes
873 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
873 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
874 rebase=
874 rebase=
875
875
876
876
877 ``format``
877 ``format``
878 ----------
878 ----------
879
879
880 Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more
880 Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more
881 powerful, but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options
881 powerful, but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options
882 are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone
882 are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone
883 for config changes to be taken into account.
883 for config changes to be taken into account.
884
884
885 For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see
885 For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see
886 https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement
886 https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement
887
887
888 ``usegeneraldelta``
888 ``usegeneraldelta``
889 Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
889 Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
890 repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store deltas against
890 repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store deltas against
891 arbitrary revisions instead of the previously stored one. This provides
891 arbitrary revisions instead of the previously stored one. This provides
892 significant improvement for repositories with branches.
892 significant improvement for repositories with branches.
893
893
894 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
894 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
895
895
896 Enabled by default.
896 Enabled by default.
897
897
898 ``dotencode``
898 ``dotencode``
899 Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
899 Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
900 the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
900 the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
901 dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with "._" on
901 dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with "._" on
902 Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
902 Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
903
903
904 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
904 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
905
905
906 Enabled by default.
906 Enabled by default.
907
907
908 ``usefncache``
908 ``usefncache``
909 Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
909 Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
910 the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
910 the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
911 fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
911 fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
912 reserved names, e.g. "nul".
912 reserved names, e.g. "nul".
913
913
914 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
914 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
915
915
916 Enabled by default.
916 Enabled by default.
917
917
918 ``use-dirstate-v2``
918 ``use-dirstate-v2``
919 Enable or disable the experimental "dirstate-v2" feature. The dirstate
919 Enable or disable the experimental "dirstate-v2" feature. The dirstate
920 functionality is shared by all commands interacting with the working copy.
920 functionality is shared by all commands interacting with the working copy.
921 The new version is more robust, faster and stores more information.
921 The new version is more robust, faster and stores more information.
922
922
923 The performance-improving version of this feature is currently only
923 The performance-improving version of this feature is currently only
924 implemented in Rust (see :hg:`help rust`), so people not using a version of
924 implemented in Rust (see :hg:`help rust`), so people not using a version of
925 Mercurial compiled with the Rust parts might actually suffer some slowdown.
925 Mercurial compiled with the Rust parts might actually suffer some slowdown.
926 For this reason, such versions will by default refuse to access repositories
926 For this reason, such versions will by default refuse to access repositories
927 with "dirstate-v2" enabled.
927 with "dirstate-v2" enabled.
928
928
929 This behavior can be adjusted via configuration: check
929 This behavior can be adjusted via configuration: check
930 :hg:`help config.storage.dirstate-v2.slow-path` for details.
930 :hg:`help config.storage.dirstate-v2.slow-path` for details.
931
931
932 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial 6.0 or above.
932 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial 6.0 or above.
933
933
934 By default this format variant is disabled if the fast implementation is not
934 By default this format variant is disabled if the fast implementation is not
935 available, and enabled by default if the fast implementation is available.
935 available, and enabled by default if the fast implementation is available.
936
936
937 To accomodate installations of Mercurial without the fast implementation,
937 To accomodate installations of Mercurial without the fast implementation,
938 you can downgrade your repository. To do so run the following command:
938 you can downgrade your repository. To do so run the following command:
939
939
940 $ hg debugupgraderepo \
940 $ hg debugupgraderepo \
941 --run \
941 --run \
942 --config format.use-dirstate-v2=False \
942 --config format.use-dirstate-v2=False \
943 --config storage.dirstate-v2.slow-path=allow
943 --config storage.dirstate-v2.slow-path=allow
944
944
945 For a more comprehensive guide, see :hg:`help internals.dirstate-v2`.
945 For a more comprehensive guide, see :hg:`help internals.dirstate-v2`.
946
946
947 ``use-dirstate-tracked-hint``
947 ``use-dirstate-tracked-hint``
948 Enable or disable the writing of "tracked key" file alongside the dirstate.
948 Enable or disable the writing of "tracked key" file alongside the dirstate.
949 (default to disabled)
949 (default to disabled)
950
950
951 That "tracked-hint" can help external automations to detect changes to the
951 That "tracked-hint" can help external automations to detect changes to the
952 set of tracked files. (i.e the result of `hg files` or `hg status -macd`)
952 set of tracked files. (i.e the result of `hg files` or `hg status -macd`)
953
953
954 The tracked-hint is written in a new `.hg/dirstate-tracked-hint`. That file
954 The tracked-hint is written in a new `.hg/dirstate-tracked-hint`. That file
955 contains two lines:
955 contains two lines:
956 - the first line is the file version (currently: 1),
956 - the first line is the file version (currently: 1),
957 - the second line contains the "tracked-hint".
957 - the second line contains the "tracked-hint".
958 That file is written right after the dirstate is written.
958 That file is written right after the dirstate is written.
959
959
960 The tracked-hint changes whenever the set of file tracked in the dirstate
960 The tracked-hint changes whenever the set of file tracked in the dirstate
961 changes. The general idea is:
961 changes. The general idea is:
962 - if the hint is identical, the set of tracked file SHOULD be identical,
962 - if the hint is identical, the set of tracked file SHOULD be identical,
963 - if the hint is different, the set of tracked file MIGHT be different.
963 - if the hint is different, the set of tracked file MIGHT be different.
964
964
965 The "hint is identical" case uses `SHOULD` as the dirstate and the hint file
965 The "hint is identical" case uses `SHOULD` as the dirstate and the hint file
966 are two distinct files and therefore that cannot be read or written to in an
966 are two distinct files and therefore that cannot be read or written to in an
967 atomic way. If the key is identical, nothing garantees that the dirstate is
967 atomic way. If the key is identical, nothing garantees that the dirstate is
968 not updated right after the hint file. This is considered a negligible
968 not updated right after the hint file. This is considered a negligible
969 limitation for the intended usecase. It is actually possible to prevent this
969 limitation for the intended usecase. It is actually possible to prevent this
970 race by taking the repository lock during read operations.
970 race by taking the repository lock during read operations.
971
971
972 They are two "ways" to use this feature:
972 They are two "ways" to use this feature:
973
973
974 1) monitoring changes to the `.hg/dirstate-tracked-hint`, if the file
974 1) monitoring changes to the `.hg/dirstate-tracked-hint`, if the file
975 changes, the tracked set might have changed.
975 changes, the tracked set might have changed.
976
976
977 2) storing the value and comparing it to a later value.
977 2) storing the value and comparing it to a later value.
978
978
979 ``use-persistent-nodemap``
979 ``use-persistent-nodemap``
980 Enable or disable the "persistent-nodemap" feature which improves
980 Enable or disable the "persistent-nodemap" feature which improves
981 performance if the Rust extensions are available.
981 performance if the Rust extensions are available.
982
982
983 The "persistent-nodemap" persist the "node -> rev" on disk removing the
983 The "persistent-nodemap" persist the "node -> rev" on disk removing the
984 need to dynamically build that mapping for each Mercurial invocation. This
984 need to dynamically build that mapping for each Mercurial invocation. This
985 significantly reduces the startup cost of various local and server-side
985 significantly reduces the startup cost of various local and server-side
986 operation for larger repositories.
986 operation for larger repositories.
987
987
988 The performance-improving version of this feature is currently only
988 The performance-improving version of this feature is currently only
989 implemented in Rust (see :hg:`help rust`), so people not using a version of
989 implemented in Rust (see :hg:`help rust`), so people not using a version of
990 Mercurial compiled with the Rust parts might actually suffer some slowdown.
990 Mercurial compiled with the Rust parts might actually suffer some slowdown.
991 For this reason, such versions will by default refuse to access repositories
991 For this reason, such versions will by default refuse to access repositories
992 with "persistent-nodemap".
992 with "persistent-nodemap".
993
993
994 This behavior can be adjusted via configuration: check
994 This behavior can be adjusted via configuration: check
995 :hg:`help config.storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path` for details.
995 :hg:`help config.storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path` for details.
996
996
997 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial 5.4 or above.
997 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial 5.4 or above.
998
998
999 By default this format variant is disabled if the fast implementation is not
999 By default this format variant is disabled if the fast implementation is not
1000 available, and enabled by default if the fast implementation is available.
1000 available, and enabled by default if the fast implementation is available.
1001
1001
1002 To accomodate installations of Mercurial without the fast implementation,
1002 To accomodate installations of Mercurial without the fast implementation,
1003 you can downgrade your repository. To do so run the following command:
1003 you can downgrade your repository. To do so run the following command:
1004
1004
1005 $ hg debugupgraderepo \
1005 $ hg debugupgraderepo \
1006 --run \
1006 --run \
1007 --config format.use-persistent-nodemap=False \
1007 --config format.use-persistent-nodemap=False \
1008 --config storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path=allow
1008 --config storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path=allow
1009
1009
1010 ``use-share-safe``
1010 ``use-share-safe``
1011 Enforce "safe" behaviors for all "shares" that access this repository.
1011 Enforce "safe" behaviors for all "shares" that access this repository.
1012
1012
1013 With this feature, "shares" using this repository as a source will:
1013 With this feature, "shares" using this repository as a source will:
1014
1014
1015 * read the source repository's configuration (`<source>/.hg/hgrc`).
1015 * read the source repository's configuration (`<source>/.hg/hgrc`).
1016 * read and use the source repository's "requirements"
1016 * read and use the source repository's "requirements"
1017 (except the working copy specific one).
1017 (except the working copy specific one).
1018
1018
1019 Without this feature, "shares" using this repository as a source will:
1019 Without this feature, "shares" using this repository as a source will:
1020
1020
1021 * keep tracking the repository "requirements" in the share only, ignoring
1021 * keep tracking the repository "requirements" in the share only, ignoring
1022 the source "requirements", possibly diverging from them.
1022 the source "requirements", possibly diverging from them.
1023 * ignore source repository config. This can create problems, like silently
1023 * ignore source repository config. This can create problems, like silently
1024 ignoring important hooks.
1024 ignoring important hooks.
1025
1025
1026 Beware that existing shares will not be upgraded/downgraded, and by
1026 Beware that existing shares will not be upgraded/downgraded, and by
1027 default, Mercurial will refuse to interact with them until the mismatch
1027 default, Mercurial will refuse to interact with them until the mismatch
1028 is resolved. See :hg:`help config.share.safe-mismatch.source-safe` and
1028 is resolved. See :hg:`help config.share.safe-mismatch.source-safe` and
1029 :hg:`help config.share.safe-mismatch.source-not-safe` for details.
1029 :hg:`help config.share.safe-mismatch.source-not-safe` for details.
1030
1030
1031 Introduced in Mercurial 5.7.
1031 Introduced in Mercurial 5.7.
1032
1032
1033 Enabled by default in Mercurial 6.1.
1033 Enabled by default in Mercurial 6.1.
1034
1034
1035 ``usestore``
1035 ``usestore``
1036 Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
1036 Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
1037 compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
1037 compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
1038 filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
1038 filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
1039 in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
1039 in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
1040
1040
1041 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
1041 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
1042
1042
1043 Enabled by default.
1043 Enabled by default.
1044
1044
1045 ``sparse-revlog``
1045 ``sparse-revlog``
1046 Enable or disable the ``sparse-revlog`` delta strategy. This format improves
1046 Enable or disable the ``sparse-revlog`` delta strategy. This format improves
1047 delta re-use inside revlog. For very branchy repositories, it results in a
1047 delta re-use inside revlog. For very branchy repositories, it results in a
1048 smaller store. For repositories with many revisions, it also helps
1048 smaller store. For repositories with many revisions, it also helps
1049 performance (by using shortened delta chains.)
1049 performance (by using shortened delta chains.)
1050
1050
1051 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 4.7
1051 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 4.7
1052
1052
1053 Enabled by default.
1053 Enabled by default.
1054
1054
1055 ``revlog-compression``
1055 ``revlog-compression``
1056 Compression algorithm used by revlog. Supported values are `zlib` and
1056 Compression algorithm used by revlog. Supported values are `zlib` and
1057 `zstd`. The `zlib` engine is the historical default of Mercurial. `zstd` is
1057 `zstd`. The `zlib` engine is the historical default of Mercurial. `zstd` is
1058 a newer format that is usually a net win over `zlib`, operating faster at
1058 a newer format that is usually a net win over `zlib`, operating faster at
1059 better compression rates. Use `zstd` to reduce CPU usage. Multiple values
1059 better compression rates. Use `zstd` to reduce CPU usage. Multiple values
1060 can be specified, the first available one will be used.
1060 can be specified, the first available one will be used.
1061
1061
1062 On some systems, the Mercurial installation may lack `zstd` support.
1062 On some systems, the Mercurial installation may lack `zstd` support.
1063
1063
1064 Default is `zstd` if available, `zlib` otherwise.
1064 Default is `zstd` if available, `zlib` otherwise.
1065
1065
1066 ``bookmarks-in-store``
1066 ``bookmarks-in-store``
1067 Store bookmarks in .hg/store/. This means that bookmarks are shared when
1067 Store bookmarks in .hg/store/. This means that bookmarks are shared when
1068 using `hg share` regardless of the `-B` option.
1068 using `hg share` regardless of the `-B` option.
1069
1069
1070 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 5.1.
1070 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 5.1.
1071
1071
1072 Disabled by default.
1072 Disabled by default.
1073
1073
1074
1074
1075 ``graph``
1075 ``graph``
1076 ---------
1076 ---------
1077
1077
1078 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
1078 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
1079 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
1079 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
1080 ``default`` branch stand out.
1080 ``default`` branch stand out.
1081
1081
1082 Each line has the following format::
1082 Each line has the following format::
1083
1083
1084 <branch>.<argument> = <value>
1084 <branch>.<argument> = <value>
1085
1085
1086 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
1086 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
1087 customized. Example::
1087 customized. Example::
1088
1088
1089 [graph]
1089 [graph]
1090 # 2px width
1090 # 2px width
1091 default.width = 2
1091 default.width = 2
1092 # red color
1092 # red color
1093 default.color = FF0000
1093 default.color = FF0000
1094
1094
1095 Supported arguments:
1095 Supported arguments:
1096
1096
1097 ``width``
1097 ``width``
1098 Set branch edges width in pixels.
1098 Set branch edges width in pixels.
1099
1099
1100 ``color``
1100 ``color``
1101 Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
1101 Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
1102
1102
1103 ``hooks``
1103 ``hooks``
1104 ---------
1104 ---------
1105
1105
1106 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
1106 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
1107 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
1107 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
1108 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
1108 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
1109 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
1109 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
1110 value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized
1110 value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized
1111 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
1111 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
1112 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
1112 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
1113
1113
1114 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
1114 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
1115
1115
1116 [hooks]
1116 [hooks]
1117 # update working directory after adding changesets
1117 # update working directory after adding changesets
1118 changegroup.update = hg update
1118 changegroup.update = hg update
1119 # do not use the site-wide hook
1119 # do not use the site-wide hook
1120 incoming =
1120 incoming =
1121 incoming.email = /my/email/hook
1121 incoming.email = /my/email/hook
1122 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
1122 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
1123 # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
1123 # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
1124 priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
1124 priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
1125 ### control HGPLAIN setting when running autobuild hook
1125 ### control HGPLAIN setting when running autobuild hook
1126 # HGPLAIN always set (default from Mercurial 5.7)
1126 # HGPLAIN always set (default from Mercurial 5.7)
1127 incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = yes
1127 incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = yes
1128 # HGPLAIN never set
1128 # HGPLAIN never set
1129 incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = no
1129 incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = no
1130 # HGPLAIN inherited from environment (default before Mercurial 5.7)
1130 # HGPLAIN inherited from environment (default before Mercurial 5.7)
1131 incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = auto
1131 incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = auto
1132
1132
1133 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
1133 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
1134 additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables
1134 additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables
1135 it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The
1135 it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The
1136 ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks.
1136 ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks.
1137 They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name
1137 They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name
1138 of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will
1138 of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will
1139 be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``.
1139 be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``.
1140
1140
1141 .. container:: windows
1141 .. container:: windows
1142
1142
1143 Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR``
1143 Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR``
1144 and ``${VAR}`` style variables. A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will
1144 and ``${VAR}`` style variables. A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will
1145 be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion
1145 be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion
1146 on Unix. To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back
1146 on Unix. To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back
1147 slash or inside of a strong quote. Strong quotes will be replaced by
1147 slash or inside of a strong quote. Strong quotes will be replaced by
1148 double quotes after processing.
1148 double quotes after processing.
1149
1149
1150 This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook
1150 This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook
1151 name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``. For example::
1151 name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``. For example::
1152
1152
1153 [hooks]
1153 [hooks]
1154 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
1154 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
1155 # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook
1155 # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook
1156 tonative.incoming.autobuild = True
1156 tonative.incoming.autobuild = True
1157
1157
1158 ``changegroup``
1158 ``changegroup``
1159 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. The ID of
1159 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. The ID of
1160 the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
1160 the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
1161 The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
1161 The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
1162
1162
1163 ``commit``
1163 ``commit``
1164 Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID
1164 Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID
1165 of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
1165 of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
1166 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1166 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1167
1167
1168 ``incoming``
1168 ``incoming``
1169 Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
1169 Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
1170 the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
1170 the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
1171 ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1171 ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1172
1172
1173 ``outgoing``
1173 ``outgoing``
1174 Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of
1174 Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of
1175 first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in
1175 first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in
1176 ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`.
1176 ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`.
1177
1177
1178 ``post-<command>``
1178 ``post-<command>``
1179 Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
1179 Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
1180 contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
1180 contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
1181 code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
1181 code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
1182 ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
1182 ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
1183 the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
1183 the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
1184 dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
1184 dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
1185 ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
1185 ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
1186
1186
1187 ``fail-<command>``
1187 ``fail-<command>``
1188 Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
1188 Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
1189 of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
1189 of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
1190 arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
1190 arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
1191 string representations of the python data internally passed to
1191 string representations of the python data internally passed to
1192 <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
1192 <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
1193 options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
1193 options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
1194 Hook failure is ignored.
1194 Hook failure is ignored.
1195
1195
1196 ``pre-<command>``
1196 ``pre-<command>``
1197 Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
1197 Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
1198 command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
1198 command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
1199 are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
1199 are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
1200 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
1200 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
1201 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
1201 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
1202 defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
1202 defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
1203 failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
1203 failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
1204 code.
1204 code.
1205
1205
1206 ``prechangegroup``
1206 ``prechangegroup``
1207 Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
1207 Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
1208 status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will
1208 status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will
1209 cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes
1209 cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes
1210 will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
1210 will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
1211
1211
1212 ``precommit``
1212 ``precommit``
1213 Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
1213 Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
1214 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
1214 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
1215 Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1215 Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1216
1216
1217 ``prelistkeys``
1217 ``prelistkeys``
1218 Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
1218 Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
1219 repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
1219 repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
1220 in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
1220 in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
1221
1221
1222 ``preoutgoing``
1222 ``preoutgoing``
1223 Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
1223 Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
1224 another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
1224 another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
1225 pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via
1225 pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via
1226 local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely,
1226 local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely,
1227 since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in
1227 since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in
1228 ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote
1228 ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote
1229 SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation
1229 SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation
1230 is happening on behalf of a repository on same system.
1230 is happening on behalf of a repository on same system.
1231
1231
1232 ``prepushkey``
1232 ``prepushkey``
1233 Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1233 Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1234 repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
1234 repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
1235 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
1235 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
1236 the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
1236 the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
1237 ``$HG_NEW``.
1237 ``$HG_NEW``.
1238
1238
1239 ``pretag``
1239 ``pretag``
1240 Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
1240 Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
1241 created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the
1241 created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the
1242 changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The
1242 changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The
1243 tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1243 tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1244
1244
1245 ``pretxnopen``
1245 ``pretxnopen``
1246 Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
1246 Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
1247 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the
1247 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the
1248 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
1248 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
1249 transaction from being opened.
1249 transaction from being opened.
1250
1250
1251 ``pretxnclose``
1251 ``pretxnclose``
1252 Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
1252 Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
1253 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1253 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1254 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1254 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1255 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
1255 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
1256 transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for
1256 transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for
1257 the transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
1257 the transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
1258 vary according the transaction type. Changes unbundled to the repository will
1258 vary according the transaction type. Changes unbundled to the repository will
1259 add ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE``. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE`` (the
1259 add ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE``. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE`` (the
1260 ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last added
1260 ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last added
1261 changeset). Bookmark and phase changes will set ``$HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and
1261 changeset). Bookmark and phase changes will set ``$HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and
1262 ``$HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1`` respectively. The number of new obsmarkers, if
1262 ``$HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1`` respectively. The number of new obsmarkers, if
1263 any, will be in ``$HG_NEW_OBSMARKERS``, etc.
1263 any, will be in ``$HG_NEW_OBSMARKERS``, etc.
1264
1264
1265 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``
1265 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``
1266 Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository
1266 Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository
1267 change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the
1267 change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the
1268 transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to
1268 transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to
1269 proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back.
1269 proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back.
1270 The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new
1270 The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new
1271 bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous
1271 bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous
1272 location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark
1272 location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark
1273 creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE``
1273 creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE``
1274 will be empty.
1274 will be empty.
1275 In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1275 In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1276 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1276 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1277 ``$HG_TXNID``.
1277 ``$HG_TXNID``.
1278
1278
1279 ``pretxnclose-phase``
1279 ``pretxnclose-phase``
1280 Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change
1280 Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change
1281 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1281 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1282 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1282 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1283 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called
1283 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called
1284 multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change.
1284 multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change.
1285 The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE``
1285 The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE``
1286 while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE``
1286 while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE``
1287 will be empty. In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1287 will be empty. In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1288 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1288 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1289 ``$HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case
1289 ``$HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case
1290 the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty.
1290 the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty.
1291
1291
1292 ``txnclose``
1292 ``txnclose``
1293 Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
1293 Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
1294 point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
1294 point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
1295 after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for
1295 after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for
1296 details about available variables.
1296 details about available variables.
1297
1297
1298 ``txnclose-bookmark``
1298 ``txnclose-bookmark``
1299 Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the
1299 Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the
1300 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1300 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1301 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details
1301 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details
1302 about available variables.
1302 about available variables.
1303
1303
1304 ``txnclose-phase``
1304 ``txnclose-phase``
1305 Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the
1305 Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the
1306 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1306 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1307 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about
1307 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about
1308 available variables.
1308 available variables.
1309
1309
1310 ``txnabort``
1310 ``txnabort``
1311 Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
1311 Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
1312 for details about available variables.
1312 for details about available variables.
1313
1313
1314 ``pretxnchangegroup``
1314 ``pretxnchangegroup``
1315 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
1315 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
1316 the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook
1316 the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook
1317 program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them.
1317 program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them.
1318 The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in
1318 The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in
1319 ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero
1319 ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero
1320 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or
1320 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or
1321 unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1321 unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1322
1322
1323 ``pretxncommit``
1323 ``pretxncommit``
1324 Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is
1324 Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is
1325 committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows
1325 committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows
1326 validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
1326 validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
1327 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to
1327 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to
1328 be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent
1328 be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent
1329 changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1329 changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1330
1330
1331 ``preupdate``
1331 ``preupdate``
1332 Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
1332 Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
1333 the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update.
1333 the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update.
1334 The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a
1334 The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a
1335 merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1335 merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1336
1336
1337 ``listkeys``
1337 ``listkeys``
1338 Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
1338 Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
1339 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
1339 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
1340 dictionary containing the keys and values.
1340 dictionary containing the keys and values.
1341
1341
1342 ``pushkey``
1342 ``pushkey``
1343 Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1343 Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1344 repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
1344 repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
1345 ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
1345 ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
1346 value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
1346 value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
1347
1347
1348 ``tag``
1348 ``tag``
1349 Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
1349 Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
1350 The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in
1350 The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in
1351 the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1351 the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1352
1352
1353 ``update``
1353 ``update``
1354 Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first
1354 Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first
1355 new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new
1355 new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new
1356 parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
1356 parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
1357 update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
1357 update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
1358
1358
1359 .. note::
1359 .. note::
1360
1360
1361 It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
1361 It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
1362 generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be
1362 generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be
1363 called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
1363 called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
1364 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
1364 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
1365 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
1365 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
1366
1366
1367 .. note::
1367 .. note::
1368
1368
1369 Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
1369 Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
1370 hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
1370 hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
1371 will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
1371 will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
1372 changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
1372 changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
1373
1373
1374 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
1374 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
1375
1375
1376 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
1376 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
1377 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
1377 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
1378
1378
1379 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
1379 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
1380 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
1380 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
1381 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
1381 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
1382 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
1382 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
1383 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
1383 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
1384 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
1384 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
1385
1385
1386 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
1386 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
1387 is treated as a failure.
1387 is treated as a failure.
1388
1388
1389
1389
1390 ``hostfingerprints``
1390 ``hostfingerprints``
1391 --------------------
1391 --------------------
1392
1392
1393 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
1393 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
1394
1394
1395 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
1395 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
1396
1396
1397 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
1397 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
1398 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
1398 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
1399 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
1399 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
1400
1400
1401 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
1401 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
1402 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
1402 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
1403 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
1403 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
1404 to a new certificate.
1404 to a new certificate.
1405
1405
1406 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
1406 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
1407
1407
1408 For example::
1408 For example::
1409
1409
1410 [hostfingerprints]
1410 [hostfingerprints]
1411 hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1411 hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1412 hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1412 hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1413
1413
1414 ``hostsecurity``
1414 ``hostsecurity``
1415 ----------------
1415 ----------------
1416
1416
1417 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
1417 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
1418 other machines.
1418 other machines.
1419
1419
1420 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
1420 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
1421
1421
1422 ``ciphers``
1422 ``ciphers``
1423 Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
1423 Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
1424
1424
1425 Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
1425 Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
1426 https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
1426 https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
1427
1427
1428 This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
1428 This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
1429 can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
1429 can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
1430 You have been warned.
1430 You have been warned.
1431
1431
1432 This option requires Python 2.7.
1432 This option requires Python 2.7.
1433
1433
1434 ``minimumprotocol``
1434 ``minimumprotocol``
1435 Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
1435 Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
1436
1436
1437 By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
1437 By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
1438 is used.
1438 is used.
1439
1439
1440 Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
1440 Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
1441
1441
1442 When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
1442 When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
1443 old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
1443 old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
1444
1444
1445 When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
1445 When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
1446 ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
1446 ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
1447 weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
1447 weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
1448 a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
1448 a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
1449
1449
1450 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
1450 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
1451 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
1451 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
1452 per-host basis.
1452 per-host basis.
1453
1453
1454 The following per-host settings can be defined.
1454 The following per-host settings can be defined.
1455
1455
1456 ``ciphers``
1456 ``ciphers``
1457 This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
1457 This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
1458 to the host on which it is defined.
1458 to the host on which it is defined.
1459
1459
1460 ``fingerprints``
1460 ``fingerprints``
1461 A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
1461 A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
1462 the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
1462 the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
1463 ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
1463 ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
1464 In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part.
1464 In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part.
1465
1465
1466 The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
1466 The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
1467 ``sha512``.
1467 ``sha512``.
1468
1468
1469 Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
1469 Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
1470
1470
1471 If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
1471 If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
1472 host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
1472 host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
1473 of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
1473 of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
1474 certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
1474 certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
1475 This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
1475 This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
1476 at the expense of convenience.
1476 at the expense of convenience.
1477
1477
1478 This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
1478 This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
1479
1479
1480 ``minimumprotocol``
1480 ``minimumprotocol``
1481 This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
1481 This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
1482 only applies to the host on which it is defined.
1482 only applies to the host on which it is defined.
1483
1483
1484 ``verifycertsfile``
1484 ``verifycertsfile``
1485 Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
1485 Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
1486 verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
1486 verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
1487 constructs are expanded in the filename.
1487 constructs are expanded in the filename.
1488
1488
1489 The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
1489 The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
1490 must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
1490 must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
1491 will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
1491 will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
1492
1492
1493 If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
1493 If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
1494 ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
1494 ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
1495 used.
1495 used.
1496
1496
1497 This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
1497 This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
1498 is set.
1498 is set.
1499
1499
1500 The format of the file is as follows::
1500 The format of the file is as follows::
1501
1501
1502 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1502 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1503 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1503 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1504 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1504 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1505 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1505 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1506 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1506 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1507 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1507 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1508
1508
1509 For example::
1509 For example::
1510
1510
1511 [hostsecurity]
1511 [hostsecurity]
1512 hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
1512 hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
1513 hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1513 hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1514 hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2
1514 hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2
1515 foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
1515 foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
1516
1516
1517 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
1517 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
1518 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
1518 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
1519
1519
1520 [hostsecurity]
1520 [hostsecurity]
1521 minimumprotocol = tls1.2
1521 minimumprotocol = tls1.2
1522 hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
1522 hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
1523
1523
1524 ``http_proxy``
1524 ``http_proxy``
1525 --------------
1525 --------------
1526
1526
1527 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
1527 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
1528 proxy.
1528 proxy.
1529
1529
1530 ``host``
1530 ``host``
1531 Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
1531 Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
1532 "myproxy:8000".
1532 "myproxy:8000".
1533
1533
1534 ``no``
1534 ``no``
1535 Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
1535 Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
1536 the proxy.
1536 the proxy.
1537
1537
1538 ``passwd``
1538 ``passwd``
1539 Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1539 Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1540
1540
1541 ``user``
1541 ``user``
1542 Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1542 Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1543
1543
1544 ``always``
1544 ``always``
1545 Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
1545 Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
1546 in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
1546 in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
1547
1547
1548 ``http``
1548 ``http``
1549 ----------
1549 ----------
1550
1550
1551 Used to configure access to Mercurial repositories via HTTP.
1551 Used to configure access to Mercurial repositories via HTTP.
1552
1552
1553 ``timeout``
1553 ``timeout``
1554 If set, blocking operations will timeout after that many seconds.
1554 If set, blocking operations will timeout after that many seconds.
1555 (default: None)
1555 (default: None)
1556
1556
1557 ``merge``
1557 ``merge``
1558 ---------
1558 ---------
1559
1559
1560 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
1560 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
1561
1561
1562 ``checkignored``
1562 ``checkignored``
1563 Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
1563 Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
1564 file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
1564 file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
1565 contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
1565 contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
1566 abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
1566 abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
1567 ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
1567 ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
1568 ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
1568 ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
1569
1569
1570 ``checkunknown``
1570 ``checkunknown``
1571 Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
1571 Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
1572 as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
1572 as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
1573 different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
1573 different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
1574 are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
1574 are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
1575
1575
1576 ``on-failure``
1576 ``on-failure``
1577 When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to
1577 When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to
1578 merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of
1578 merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of
1579 whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not.
1579 whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not.
1580 Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue
1580 Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue
1581 or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically
1581 or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically
1582 halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process
1582 halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process
1583 can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is
1583 can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is
1584 halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state.
1584 halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state.
1585 (default: ``continue``)
1585 (default: ``continue``)
1586
1586
1587 ``strict-capability-check``
1587 ``strict-capability-check``
1588 Whether capabilities of internal merge tools are checked strictly
1588 Whether capabilities of internal merge tools are checked strictly
1589 or not, while examining rules to decide merge tool to be used.
1589 or not, while examining rules to decide merge tool to be used.
1590 (default: False)
1590 (default: False)
1591
1591
1592 ``merge-patterns``
1592 ``merge-patterns``
1593 ------------------
1593 ------------------
1594
1594
1595 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
1595 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
1596 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
1596 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
1597 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
1597 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
1598 root.
1598 root.
1599
1599
1600 Example::
1600 Example::
1601
1601
1602 [merge-patterns]
1602 [merge-patterns]
1603 **.c = kdiff3
1603 **.c = kdiff3
1604 **.jpg = myimgmerge
1604 **.jpg = myimgmerge
1605
1605
1606 ``merge-tools``
1606 ``merge-tools``
1607 ---------------
1607 ---------------
1608
1608
1609 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
1609 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
1610 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
1610 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
1611 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
1611 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
1612 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
1612 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
1613
1613
1614 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
1614 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
1615
1615
1616 [merge-tools]
1616 [merge-tools]
1617 # Override stock tool location
1617 # Override stock tool location
1618 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
1618 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
1619 # Specify command line
1619 # Specify command line
1620 kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
1620 kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
1621 # Give higher priority
1621 # Give higher priority
1622 kdiff3.priority = 1
1622 kdiff3.priority = 1
1623
1623
1624 # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
1624 # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
1625 meld.priority = 0
1625 meld.priority = 0
1626
1626
1627 # Disable a preconfigured tool
1627 # Disable a preconfigured tool
1628 vimdiff.disabled = yes
1628 vimdiff.disabled = yes
1629
1629
1630 # Define new tool
1630 # Define new tool
1631 myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
1631 myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
1632 myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
1632 myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
1633 myHtmlTool.priority = 1
1633 myHtmlTool.priority = 1
1634
1634
1635 Supported arguments:
1635 Supported arguments:
1636
1636
1637 ``priority``
1637 ``priority``
1638 The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
1638 The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
1639 (default: 0)
1639 (default: 0)
1640
1640
1641 ``executable``
1641 ``executable``
1642 Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
1642 Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
1643
1643
1644 .. container:: windows
1644 .. container:: windows
1645
1645
1646 On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
1646 On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
1647 syntax.
1647 syntax.
1648
1648
1649 (default: the tool name)
1649 (default: the tool name)
1650
1650
1651 ``args``
1651 ``args``
1652 The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
1652 The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
1653 files being merged as well as the output file through these
1653 files being merged as well as the output file through these
1654 variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``.
1654 variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``.
1655
1655
1656 The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is
1656 The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is
1657 being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
1657 being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
1658 state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or
1658 state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or
1659 the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the
1659 the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the
1660 destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased.
1660 destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased.
1661
1661
1662 Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions,
1662 Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions,
1663 accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom
1663 accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom
1664 labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``,
1664 labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``,
1665 respectively.
1665 respectively.
1666 (default: ``$local $base $other``)
1666 (default: ``$local $base $other``)
1667
1667
1668 ``premerge``
1668 ``premerge``
1669 Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
1669 Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
1670 launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep``,
1670 launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep``,
1671 ``keep-merge3``, or ``keep-mergediff`` (experimental). The ``keep`` option
1671 ``keep-merge3``, or ``keep-mergediff`` (experimental). The ``keep`` option
1672 will leave markers in the file if the premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3``
1672 will leave markers in the file if the premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3``
1673 will do the same but include information about the base of the merge in the
1673 will do the same but include information about the base of the merge in the
1674 marker (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). The
1674 marker (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). The
1675 ``keep-mergediff`` option is similar but uses a different marker style
1675 ``keep-mergediff`` option is similar but uses a different marker style
1676 (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). (default: True)
1676 (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). (default: True)
1677
1677
1678 ``binary``
1678 ``binary``
1679 This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
1679 This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
1680 was selected by file pattern match)
1680 was selected by file pattern match)
1681
1681
1682 ``symlink``
1682 ``symlink``
1683 This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
1683 This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
1684
1684
1685 ``check``
1685 ``check``
1686 A list of merge success-checking options:
1686 A list of merge success-checking options:
1687
1687
1688 ``changed``
1688 ``changed``
1689 Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
1689 Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
1690 ``conflicts``
1690 ``conflicts``
1691 Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
1691 Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
1692 ``prompt``
1692 ``prompt``
1693 Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
1693 Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
1694
1694
1695 ``fixeol``
1695 ``fixeol``
1696 Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
1696 Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
1697 (default: False)
1697 (default: False)
1698
1698
1699 ``gui``
1699 ``gui``
1700 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
1700 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
1701
1701
1702 ``mergemarkers``
1702 ``mergemarkers``
1703 Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and
1703 Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and
1704 ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or
1704 ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or
1705 ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict
1705 ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict
1706 markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or
1706 markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or
1707 the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``.
1707 the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``.
1708 (default: ``basic``)
1708 (default: ``basic``)
1709
1709
1710 ``mergemarkertemplate``
1710 ``mergemarkertemplate``
1711 This setting can be used to override ``mergemarker`` from the
1711 This setting can be used to override ``mergemarker`` from the
1712 ``[command-templates]`` section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the
1712 ``[command-templates]`` section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the
1713 ``$label``-prefixed variables and to the conflict markers that are generated
1713 ``$label``-prefixed variables and to the conflict markers that are generated
1714 if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable
1714 if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable
1715 in ``[ui]`` for more information.
1715 in ``[ui]`` for more information.
1716
1716
1717 .. container:: windows
1717 .. container:: windows
1718
1718
1719 ``regkey``
1719 ``regkey``
1720 Windows registry key which describes install location of this
1720 Windows registry key which describes install location of this
1721 tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
1721 tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
1722 ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
1722 ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
1723 (default: None)
1723 (default: None)
1724
1724
1725 ``regkeyalt``
1725 ``regkeyalt``
1726 An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
1726 An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
1727 found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
1727 found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
1728 semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key
1728 semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key
1729 is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
1729 is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
1730 (default: None)
1730 (default: None)
1731
1731
1732 ``regname``
1732 ``regname``
1733 Name of value to read from specified registry key.
1733 Name of value to read from specified registry key.
1734 (default: the unnamed (default) value)
1734 (default: the unnamed (default) value)
1735
1735
1736 ``regappend``
1736 ``regappend``
1737 String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
1737 String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
1738 the executable name of the tool.
1738 the executable name of the tool.
1739 (default: None)
1739 (default: None)
1740
1740
1741 ``pager``
1741 ``pager``
1742 ---------
1742 ---------
1743
1743
1744 Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See
1744 Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See
1745 :hg:`help pager` for details.
1745 :hg:`help pager` for details.
1746
1746
1747 ``pager``
1747 ``pager``
1748 Define the external tool used as pager.
1748 Define the external tool used as pager.
1749
1749
1750 If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER.
1750 If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER.
1751 If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be
1751 If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be
1752 used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example::
1752 used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example::
1753
1753
1754 [pager]
1754 [pager]
1755 pager = less -FRX
1755 pager = less -FRX
1756
1756
1757 ``ignore``
1757 ``ignore``
1758 List of commands to disable the pager for. Example::
1758 List of commands to disable the pager for. Example::
1759
1759
1760 [pager]
1760 [pager]
1761 ignore = version, help, update
1761 ignore = version, help, update
1762
1762
1763 ``patch``
1763 ``patch``
1764 ---------
1764 ---------
1765
1765
1766 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
1766 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
1767 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
1767 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
1768
1768
1769 ``eol``
1769 ``eol``
1770 When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
1770 When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
1771 are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
1771 are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
1772 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
1772 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
1773 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
1773 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
1774 ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
1774 ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
1775 endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
1775 endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
1776 on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
1776 on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
1777 of line, patch line endings are preserved.
1777 of line, patch line endings are preserved.
1778 (default: strict)
1778 (default: strict)
1779
1779
1780 ``fuzz``
1780 ``fuzz``
1781 The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
1781 The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
1782 controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
1782 controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
1783 trying to apply a patch.
1783 trying to apply a patch.
1784 (default: 2)
1784 (default: 2)
1785
1785
1786 ``paths``
1786 ``paths``
1787 ---------
1787 ---------
1788
1788
1789 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
1789 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
1790
1790
1791 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
1791 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
1792 location of the repository. Example::
1792 location of the repository. Example::
1793
1793
1794 [paths]
1794 [paths]
1795 my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
1795 my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
1796 local_path = /home/me/repo
1796 local_path = /home/me/repo
1797
1797
1798 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
1798 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
1799 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
1799 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
1800 :hg:`push local_path`. You can check :hg:`help urls` for details about
1800 :hg:`push local_path`. You can check :hg:`help urls` for details about
1801 valid URLs.
1801 valid URLs.
1802
1802
1803 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
1803 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
1804 behavior for that specific path. Example::
1804 behavior for that specific path. Example::
1805
1805
1806 [paths]
1806 [paths]
1807 my_server = https://example.com/my_path
1807 my_server = https://example.com/my_path
1808 my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
1808 my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
1809
1809
1810 Paths using the `path://otherpath` scheme will inherit the sub-options value from
1810 Paths using the `path://otherpath` scheme will inherit the sub-options value from
1811 the path they point to.
1811 the path they point to.
1812
1812
1813 The following sub-options can be defined:
1813 The following sub-options can be defined:
1814
1814
1815 ``multi-urls``
1815 ``multi-urls``
1816 A boolean option. When enabled the value of the `[paths]` entry will be
1816 A boolean option. When enabled the value of the `[paths]` entry will be
1817 parsed as a list and the alias will resolve to multiple destination. If some
1817 parsed as a list and the alias will resolve to multiple destination. If some
1818 of the list entry use the `path://` syntax, the suboption will be inherited
1818 of the list entry use the `path://` syntax, the suboption will be inherited
1819 individually.
1819 individually.
1820
1820
1821 ``pushurl``
1821 ``pushurl``
1822 The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
1822 The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
1823 defined by the path's main entry is used.
1823 defined by the path's main entry is used.
1824
1824
1825 ``pushrev``
1825 ``pushrev``
1826 A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
1826 A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
1827
1827
1828 When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
1828 When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
1829 defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
1829 defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
1830
1830
1831 For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
1831 For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
1832 revision by default.
1832 revision by default.
1833
1833
1834 Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
1834 Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
1835 pushed.
1835 pushed.
1836
1836
1837 ``bookmarks.mode``
1837 ``bookmarks.mode``
1838 How bookmark will be dealt during the exchange. It support the following value
1838 How bookmark will be dealt during the exchange. It support the following value
1839
1839
1840 - ``default``: the default behavior, local and remote bookmarks are "merged"
1840 - ``default``: the default behavior, local and remote bookmarks are "merged"
1841 on push/pull.
1841 on push/pull.
1842
1842
1843 - ``mirror``: when pulling, replace local bookmarks by remote bookmarks. This
1843 - ``mirror``: when pulling, replace local bookmarks by remote bookmarks. This
1844 is useful to replicate a repository, or as an optimization.
1844 is useful to replicate a repository, or as an optimization.
1845
1845
1846 - ``ignore``: ignore bookmarks during exchange.
1846 - ``ignore``: ignore bookmarks during exchange.
1847 (This currently only affect pulling)
1847 (This currently only affect pulling)
1848
1848
1849 The following special named paths exist:
1849 The following special named paths exist:
1850
1850
1851 ``default``
1851 ``default``
1852 The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
1852 The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
1853
1853
1854 :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
1854 :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
1855 repository was cloned from.
1855 repository was cloned from.
1856
1856
1857 ``default-push``
1857 ``default-push``
1858 (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
1858 (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
1859 ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
1859 ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
1860
1860
1861 ``phases``
1861 ``phases``
1862 ----------
1862 ----------
1863
1863
1864 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
1864 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
1865 information about working with phases.
1865 information about working with phases.
1866
1866
1867 ``publish``
1867 ``publish``
1868 Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
1868 Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
1869 pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
1869 pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
1870 pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
1870 pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
1871 (default: True)
1871 (default: True)
1872
1872
1873 ``new-commit``
1873 ``new-commit``
1874 Phase of newly-created commits.
1874 Phase of newly-created commits.
1875 (default: draft)
1875 (default: draft)
1876
1876
1877 ``checksubrepos``
1877 ``checksubrepos``
1878 Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
1878 Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
1879 values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
1879 values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
1880 "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
1880 "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
1881 checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
1881 checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
1882 greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
1882 greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
1883 "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
1883 "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
1884 either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
1884 either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
1885 used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
1885 used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
1886 (default: follow)
1886 (default: follow)
1887
1887
1888
1888
1889 ``profiling``
1889 ``profiling``
1890 -------------
1890 -------------
1891
1891
1892 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
1892 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
1893 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
1893 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
1894 profiler (named ``stat``).
1894 profiler (named ``stat``).
1895
1895
1896 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
1896 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
1897 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
1897 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
1898 statistical text report generated from the profiling data.
1898 statistical text report generated from the profiling data.
1899
1899
1900 ``enabled``
1900 ``enabled``
1901 Enable the profiler.
1901 Enable the profiler.
1902 (default: false)
1902 (default: false)
1903
1903
1904 This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
1904 This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
1905
1905
1906 ``type``
1906 ``type``
1907 The type of profiler to use.
1907 The type of profiler to use.
1908 (default: stat)
1908 (default: stat)
1909
1909
1910 ``ls``
1910 ``ls``
1911 Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
1911 Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
1912 works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
1912 works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
1913 first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
1913 first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
1914 identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
1914 identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
1915 ``stat``
1915 ``stat``
1916 Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
1916 Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
1917 useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
1917 useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
1918 seconds.
1918 seconds.
1919
1919
1920 ``format``
1920 ``format``
1921 Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1921 Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1922 (default: text)
1922 (default: text)
1923
1923
1924 ``text``
1924 ``text``
1925 Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
1925 Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
1926 noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
1926 noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
1927 not kept.
1927 not kept.
1928 ``kcachegrind``
1928 ``kcachegrind``
1929 Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
1929 Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
1930 file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
1930 file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
1931 kcachegrind.
1931 kcachegrind.
1932
1932
1933 ``statformat``
1933 ``statformat``
1934 Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
1934 Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
1935 (default: hotpath)
1935 (default: hotpath)
1936
1936
1937 ``hotpath``
1937 ``hotpath``
1938 Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
1938 Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
1939 most time was spent).
1939 most time was spent).
1940 ``bymethod``
1940 ``bymethod``
1941 Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
1941 Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
1942 ``byline``
1942 ``byline``
1943 Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
1943 Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
1944 ``json``
1944 ``json``
1945 Render profiling data as JSON.
1945 Render profiling data as JSON.
1946
1946
1947 ``freq``
1947 ``freq``
1948 Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
1948 Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
1949 (default: 1000)
1949 (default: 1000)
1950
1950
1951 ``output``
1951 ``output``
1952 File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
1952 File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
1953 file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
1953 file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
1954 stderr)
1954 stderr)
1955
1955
1956 ``sort``
1956 ``sort``
1957 Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1957 Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1958 One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
1958 One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
1959 ``inlinetime``.
1959 ``inlinetime``.
1960 (default: inlinetime)
1960 (default: inlinetime)
1961
1961
1962 ``time-track``
1962 ``time-track``
1963 Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time.
1963 Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time.
1964 (default: ``cpu`` on Windows, otherwise ``real``)
1964 (default: ``cpu`` on Windows, otherwise ``real``)
1965
1965
1966 ``limit``
1966 ``limit``
1967 Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1967 Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1968 (default: 30)
1968 (default: 30)
1969
1969
1970 ``nested``
1970 ``nested``
1971 Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
1971 Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
1972 This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
1972 This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
1973 Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1973 Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1974 (default: 0)
1974 (default: 0)
1975
1975
1976 ``showmin``
1976 ``showmin``
1977 Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed.
1977 Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed.
1978 Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a
1978 Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a
1979 ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``.
1979 ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``.
1980
1980
1981 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1981 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1982
1982
1983 For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``.
1983 For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``.
1984 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``.
1984 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``.
1985
1985
1986 The option is unused on other formats.
1986 The option is unused on other formats.
1987
1987
1988 ``showmax``
1988 ``showmax``
1989 Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in
1989 Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in
1990 display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``.
1990 display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``.
1991
1991
1992 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1992 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1993
1993
1994 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``.
1994 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``.
1995
1995
1996 The option is unused on other formats.
1996 The option is unused on other formats.
1997
1997
1998 ``showtime``
1998 ``showtime``
1999 Show time taken as absolute durations, in addition to percentages.
1999 Show time taken as absolute durations, in addition to percentages.
2000 Only used by the ``hotpath`` format.
2000 Only used by the ``hotpath`` format.
2001 (default: true)
2001 (default: true)
2002
2002
2003 ``progress``
2003 ``progress``
2004 ------------
2004 ------------
2005
2005
2006 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
2006 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
2007 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
2007 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
2008 have a definite end point.
2008 have a definite end point.
2009
2009
2010 ``debug``
2010 ``debug``
2011 Whether to print debug info when updating the progress bar. (default: False)
2011 Whether to print debug info when updating the progress bar. (default: False)
2012
2012
2013 ``delay``
2013 ``delay``
2014 Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
2014 Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
2015
2015
2016 ``changedelay``
2016 ``changedelay``
2017 Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
2017 Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
2018 that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
2018 that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
2019
2019
2020 ``estimateinterval``
2020 ``estimateinterval``
2021 Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time
2021 Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time
2022 calculation. (default: 60)
2022 calculation. (default: 60)
2023
2023
2024 ``refresh``
2024 ``refresh``
2025 Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
2025 Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
2026
2026
2027 ``format``
2027 ``format``
2028 Format of the progress bar.
2028 Format of the progress bar.
2029
2029
2030 Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
2030 Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
2031 ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
2031 ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
2032 last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
2032 last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
2033 ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
2033 ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
2034 first num characters.
2034 first num characters.
2035
2035
2036 (default: topic bar number estimate)
2036 (default: topic bar number estimate)
2037
2037
2038 ``width``
2038 ``width``
2039 If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
2039 If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
2040 term width) will be used).
2040 term width) will be used).
2041
2041
2042 ``clear-complete``
2042 ``clear-complete``
2043 Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
2043 Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
2044
2044
2045 ``disable``
2045 ``disable``
2046 If true, don't show a progress bar.
2046 If true, don't show a progress bar.
2047
2047
2048 ``assume-tty``
2048 ``assume-tty``
2049 If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
2049 If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
2050
2050
2051 ``rebase``
2051 ``rebase``
2052 ----------
2052 ----------
2053
2053
2054 ``evolution.allowdivergence``
2054 ``evolution.allowdivergence``
2055 Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
2055 Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
2056 rebase of obsolete changesets.
2056 rebase of obsolete changesets.
2057
2057
2058 ``revsetalias``
2058 ``revsetalias``
2059 ---------------
2059 ---------------
2060
2060
2061 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
2061 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
2062
2062
2063 ``rewrite``
2063 ``rewrite``
2064 -----------
2064 -----------
2065
2065
2066 ``backup-bundle``
2066 ``backup-bundle``
2067 Whether to save stripped changesets to a bundle file. (default: True)
2067 Whether to save stripped changesets to a bundle file. (default: True)
2068
2068
2069 ``update-timestamp``
2069 ``update-timestamp``
2070 If true, updates the date and time of the changeset to current. It is only
2070 If true, updates the date and time of the changeset to current. It is only
2071 applicable for `hg amend`, `hg commit --amend` and `hg uncommit` in the
2071 applicable for `hg amend`, `hg commit --amend` and `hg uncommit` in the
2072 current version.
2072 current version.
2073
2073
2074 ``empty-successor``
2074 ``empty-successor``
2075
2075
2076 Control what happens with empty successors that are the result of rewrite
2076 Control what happens with empty successors that are the result of rewrite
2077 operations. If set to ``skip``, the successor is not created. If set to
2077 operations. If set to ``skip``, the successor is not created. If set to
2078 ``keep``, the empty successor is created and kept.
2078 ``keep``, the empty successor is created and kept.
2079
2079
2080 Currently, only the rebase and absorb commands consider this configuration.
2080 Currently, only the rebase and absorb commands consider this configuration.
2081 (EXPERIMENTAL)
2081 (EXPERIMENTAL)
2082
2082
2083 ``share``
2083 ``share``
2084 ---------
2084 ---------
2085
2085
2086 ``safe-mismatch.source-safe``
2086 ``safe-mismatch.source-safe``
2087 Controls what happens when the shared repository does not use the
2087 Controls what happens when the shared repository does not use the
2088 share-safe mechanism but its source repository does.
2088 share-safe mechanism but its source repository does.
2089
2089
2090 Possible values are `abort` (default), `allow`, `upgrade-abort` and
2090 Possible values are `abort` (default), `allow`, `upgrade-abort` and
2091 `upgrade-allow`.
2091 `upgrade-allow`.
2092
2092
2093 ``abort``
2093 ``abort``
2094 Disallows running any command and aborts
2094 Disallows running any command and aborts
2095 ``allow``
2095 ``allow``
2096 Respects the feature presence in the share source
2096 Respects the feature presence in the share source
2097 ``upgrade-abort``
2097 ``upgrade-abort``
2098 tries to upgrade the share to use share-safe; if it fails, aborts
2098 tries to upgrade the share to use share-safe; if it fails, aborts
2099 ``upgrade-allow``
2099 ``upgrade-allow``
2100 tries to upgrade the share; if it fails, continue by
2100 tries to upgrade the share; if it fails, continue by
2101 respecting the share source setting
2101 respecting the share source setting
2102
2102
2103 Check :hg:`help config.format.use-share-safe` for details about the
2103 Check :hg:`help config.format.use-share-safe` for details about the
2104 share-safe feature.
2104 share-safe feature.
2105
2105
2106 ``safe-mismatch.source-safe.warn``
2106 ``safe-mismatch.source-safe.warn``
2107 Shows a warning on operations if the shared repository does not use
2107 Shows a warning on operations if the shared repository does not use
2108 share-safe, but the source repository does.
2108 share-safe, but the source repository does.
2109 (default: True)
2109 (default: True)
2110
2110
2111 ``safe-mismatch.source-not-safe``
2111 ``safe-mismatch.source-not-safe``
2112 Controls what happens when the shared repository uses the share-safe
2112 Controls what happens when the shared repository uses the share-safe
2113 mechanism but its source does not.
2113 mechanism but its source does not.
2114
2114
2115 Possible values are `abort` (default), `allow`, `downgrade-abort` and
2115 Possible values are `abort` (default), `allow`, `downgrade-abort` and
2116 `downgrade-allow`.
2116 `downgrade-allow`.
2117
2117
2118 ``abort``
2118 ``abort``
2119 Disallows running any command and aborts
2119 Disallows running any command and aborts
2120 ``allow``
2120 ``allow``
2121 Respects the feature presence in the share source
2121 Respects the feature presence in the share source
2122 ``downgrade-abort``
2122 ``downgrade-abort``
2123 tries to downgrade the share to not use share-safe; if it fails, aborts
2123 tries to downgrade the share to not use share-safe; if it fails, aborts
2124 ``downgrade-allow``
2124 ``downgrade-allow``
2125 tries to downgrade the share to not use share-safe;
2125 tries to downgrade the share to not use share-safe;
2126 if it fails, continue by respecting the shared source setting
2126 if it fails, continue by respecting the shared source setting
2127
2127
2128 Check :hg:`help config.format.use-share-safe` for details about the
2128 Check :hg:`help config.format.use-share-safe` for details about the
2129 share-safe feature.
2129 share-safe feature.
2130
2130
2131 ``safe-mismatch.source-not-safe.warn``
2131 ``safe-mismatch.source-not-safe.warn``
2132 Shows a warning on operations if the shared repository uses share-safe,
2132 Shows a warning on operations if the shared repository uses share-safe,
2133 but the source repository does not.
2133 but the source repository does not.
2134 (default: True)
2134 (default: True)
2135
2135
2136 ``storage``
2136 ``storage``
2137 -----------
2137 -----------
2138
2138
2139 Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this
2139 Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this
2140 category impact performance and repository size.
2140 category impact performance and repository size.
2141
2141
2142 ``revlog.issue6528.fix-incoming``
2142 ``revlog.issue6528.fix-incoming``
2143 Version 5.8 of Mercurial had a bug leading to altering the parent of file
2143 Version 5.8 of Mercurial had a bug leading to altering the parent of file
2144 revision with copy information (or any other metadata) on exchange. This
2144 revision with copy information (or any other metadata) on exchange. This
2145 leads to the copy metadata to be overlooked by various internal logic. The
2145 leads to the copy metadata to be overlooked by various internal logic. The
2146 issue was fixed in Mercurial 5.8.1.
2146 issue was fixed in Mercurial 5.8.1.
2147 (See https://bz.mercurial-scm.org/show_bug.cgi?id=6528 for details)
2147 (See https://bz.mercurial-scm.org/show_bug.cgi?id=6528 for details)
2148
2148
2149 As a result Mercurial is now checking and fixing incoming file revisions to
2149 As a result Mercurial is now checking and fixing incoming file revisions to
2150 make sure there parents are in the right order. This behavior can be
2150 make sure there parents are in the right order. This behavior can be
2151 disabled by setting this option to `no`. This apply to revisions added
2151 disabled by setting this option to `no`. This apply to revisions added
2152 through push, pull, clone and unbundle.
2152 through push, pull, clone and unbundle.
2153
2153
2154 To fix affected revisions that already exist within the repository, one can
2154 To fix affected revisions that already exist within the repository, one can
2155 use :hg:`debug-repair-issue-6528`.
2155 use :hg:`debug-repair-issue-6528`.
2156
2156
2157 ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice``
2157 ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice``
2158 When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as
2158 When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as
2159 a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved
2159 a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved
2160 revlog compression. This option is enabled by default.
2160 revlog compression. This option is enabled by default.
2161
2161
2162 Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for
2162 Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for
2163 repository with many merges.
2163 repository with many merges.
2164
2164
2165 ``revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap``
2165 ``revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap``
2166 Whether to use the Operating System "memory mapping" feature (when
2166 Whether to use the Operating System "memory mapping" feature (when
2167 possible) to access the persistent nodemap data. This improve performance
2167 possible) to access the persistent nodemap data. This improve performance
2168 and reduce memory pressure.
2168 and reduce memory pressure.
2169
2169
2170 Default to True.
2170 Default to True.
2171
2171
2172 For details on the "persistent-nodemap" feature, see:
2172 For details on the "persistent-nodemap" feature, see:
2173 :hg:`help config.format.use-persistent-nodemap`.
2173 :hg:`help config.format.use-persistent-nodemap`.
2174
2174
2175 ``revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path``
2175 ``revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path``
2176 Control the behavior of Merucrial when using a repository with "persistent"
2176 Control the behavior of Merucrial when using a repository with "persistent"
2177 nodemap with an installation of Mercurial without a fast implementation for
2177 nodemap with an installation of Mercurial without a fast implementation for
2178 the feature:
2178 the feature:
2179
2179
2180 ``allow``: Silently use the slower implementation to access the repository.
2180 ``allow``: Silently use the slower implementation to access the repository.
2181 ``warn``: Warn, but use the slower implementation to access the repository.
2181 ``warn``: Warn, but use the slower implementation to access the repository.
2182 ``abort``: Prevent access to such repositories. (This is the default)
2182 ``abort``: Prevent access to such repositories. (This is the default)
2183
2183
2184 For details on the "persistent-nodemap" feature, see:
2184 For details on the "persistent-nodemap" feature, see:
2185 :hg:`help config.format.use-persistent-nodemap`.
2185 :hg:`help config.format.use-persistent-nodemap`.
2186
2186
2187 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent``
2187 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent``
2188 Control the order in which delta parents are considered when adding new
2188 Control the order in which delta parents are considered when adding new
2189 revisions from an external source.
2189 revisions from an external source.
2190 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
2190 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
2191
2191
2192 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against other revisions. By
2192 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against other revisions. By
2193 default, Mercurial will try to reuse this delta first, therefore using the
2193 default, Mercurial will try to reuse this delta first, therefore using the
2194 same "delta parent" as the source. Directly using delta's from the source
2194 same "delta parent" as the source. Directly using delta's from the source
2195 reduces CPU usage and usually speeds up operation. However, in some case,
2195 reduces CPU usage and usually speeds up operation. However, in some case,
2196 the source might have sub-optimal delta bases and forcing their reevaluation
2196 the source might have sub-optimal delta bases and forcing their reevaluation
2197 is useful. For example, pushes from an old client could have sub-optimal
2197 is useful. For example, pushes from an old client could have sub-optimal
2198 delta's parent that the server want to optimize. (lack of general delta, bad
2198 delta's parent that the server want to optimize. (lack of general delta, bad
2199 parents, choice, lack of sparse-revlog, etc).
2199 parents, choice, lack of sparse-revlog, etc).
2200
2200
2201 This option is enabled by default. Turning it off will ensure bad delta
2201 This option is enabled by default. Turning it off will ensure bad delta
2202 parent choices from older client do not propagate to this repository, at
2202 parent choices from older client do not propagate to this repository, at
2203 the cost of a small increase in CPU consumption.
2203 the cost of a small increase in CPU consumption.
2204
2204
2205 Note: this option only control the order in which delta parents are
2205 Note: this option only control the order in which delta parents are
2206 considered. Even when disabled, the existing delta from the source will be
2206 considered. Even when disabled, the existing delta from the source will be
2207 reused if the same delta parent is selected.
2207 reused if the same delta parent is selected.
2208
2208
2209 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta``
2209 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta``
2210 Control the reuse of delta from external source.
2210 Control the reuse of delta from external source.
2211 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
2211 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
2212
2212
2213 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against another revision. By
2213 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against another revision. By
2214 default, Mercurial will not recompute the same delta again, trusting
2214 default, Mercurial will not recompute the same delta again, trusting
2215 externally provided deltas. There have been rare cases of small adjustment
2215 externally provided deltas. There have been rare cases of small adjustment
2216 to the diffing algorithm in the past. So in some rare case, recomputing
2216 to the diffing algorithm in the past. So in some rare case, recomputing
2217 delta provided by ancient clients can provides better results. Disabling
2217 delta provided by ancient clients can provides better results. Disabling
2218 this option means going through a full delta recomputation for all incoming
2218 this option means going through a full delta recomputation for all incoming
2219 revisions. It means a large increase in CPU usage and will slow operations
2219 revisions. It means a large increase in CPU usage and will slow operations
2220 down.
2220 down.
2221
2221
2222 This option is enabled by default. When disabled, it also disables the
2222 This option is enabled by default. When disabled, it also disables the
2223 related ``storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`` option.
2223 related ``storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`` option.
2224
2224
2225 ``revlog.zlib.level``
2225 ``revlog.zlib.level``
2226 Zlib compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
2226 Zlib compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
2227 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 9 (highest compression). Zlib
2227 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 9 (highest compression). Zlib
2228 default value is 6.
2228 default value is 6.
2229
2229
2230
2230
2231 ``revlog.zstd.level``
2231 ``revlog.zstd.level``
2232 zstd compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
2232 zstd compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
2233 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 22 (highest compression).
2233 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 22 (highest compression).
2234 (default 3)
2234 (default 3)
2235
2235
2236 ``server``
2236 ``server``
2237 ----------
2237 ----------
2238
2238
2239 Controls generic server settings.
2239 Controls generic server settings.
2240
2240
2241 ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat``
2241 ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat``
2242 Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist
2242 Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist
2243 for compatibility purpose (default to True)
2243 for compatibility purpose (default to True)
2244
2244
2245 If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark
2245 If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark
2246 movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and
2246 movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and
2247 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``.
2247 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``.
2248
2248
2249 ``compressionengines``
2249 ``compressionengines``
2250 List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
2250 List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
2251 to clients.
2251 to clients.
2252
2252
2253 The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
2253 The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
2254 having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
2254 having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
2255 here, it won't be advertised to clients.
2255 here, it won't be advertised to clients.
2256
2256
2257 If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
2257 If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
2258 :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
2258 :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
2259 default wire protocol priority.
2259 default wire protocol priority.
2260
2260
2261 Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
2261 Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
2262 has no effect for legacy clients.
2262 has no effect for legacy clients.
2263
2263
2264 ``uncompressed``
2264 ``uncompressed``
2265 Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
2265 Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
2266 uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
2266 uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
2267 data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
2267 data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
2268 server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
2268 server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
2269 WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
2269 WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
2270 regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
2270 regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
2271 about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
2271 about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
2272 extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
2272 extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
2273 the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
2273 the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
2274 (default: True)
2274 (default: True)
2275
2275
2276 ``uncompressedallowsecret``
2276 ``uncompressedallowsecret``
2277 Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret
2277 Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret
2278 changesets. (default: False)
2278 changesets. (default: False)
2279
2279
2280 ``preferuncompressed``
2280 ``preferuncompressed``
2281 When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
2281 When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
2282 protocol. (default: False)
2282 protocol. (default: False)
2283
2283
2284 ``disablefullbundle``
2284 ``disablefullbundle``
2285 When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones.
2285 When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones.
2286 If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles
2286 If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles
2287 are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed.
2287 are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed.
2288 (default: False)
2288 (default: False)
2289
2289
2290 ``streamunbundle``
2290 ``streamunbundle``
2291 When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly,
2291 When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly,
2292 otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option
2292 otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option
2293 effectively prevents concurrent pushes.
2293 effectively prevents concurrent pushes.
2294
2294
2295 ``pullbundle``
2295 ``pullbundle``
2296 When set, the server will check pullbundles.manifest for bundles
2296 When set, the server will check pullbundles.manifest for bundles
2297 covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching
2297 covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching
2298 entry will be streamed to the client.
2298 entry will be streamed to the client.
2299
2299
2300 For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression
2300 For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression
2301 for older clients.
2301 for older clients.
2302
2302
2303 ``concurrent-push-mode``
2303 ``concurrent-push-mode``
2304 Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients.
2304 Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients.
2305
2305
2306 - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository
2306 - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository
2307 while the push was preparing.
2307 while the push was preparing.
2308 - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also
2308 - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also
2309 affected while the push was preparing. (default since 5.4)
2309 affected while the push was preparing. (default since 5.4)
2310
2310
2311 'check-related' only takes effect for compatible clients (version
2311 'check-related' only takes effect for compatible clients (version
2312 4.3 and later). Older clients will use 'strict'.
2312 4.3 and later). Older clients will use 'strict'.
2313
2313
2314 ``validate``
2314 ``validate``
2315 Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
2315 Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
2316 checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
2316 checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
2317 present. (default: False)
2317 present. (default: False)
2318
2318
2319 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
2319 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
2320 Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
2320 Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
2321 many bytes. (default: 1024)
2321 many bytes. (default: 1024)
2322
2322
2323 ``bundle1``
2323 ``bundle1``
2324 Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
2324 Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
2325 exchange format. (default: True)
2325 exchange format. (default: True)
2326
2326
2327 ``bundle1gd``
2327 ``bundle1gd``
2328 Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
2328 Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
2329 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2329 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2330
2330
2331 ``bundle1.push``
2331 ``bundle1.push``
2332 Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2332 Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2333 format. (default: True)
2333 format. (default: True)
2334
2334
2335 ``bundle1gd.push``
2335 ``bundle1gd.push``
2336 Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
2336 Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
2337 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2337 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2338
2338
2339 ``bundle1.pull``
2339 ``bundle1.pull``
2340 Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2340 Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2341 format. (default: True)
2341 format. (default: True)
2342
2342
2343 ``bundle1gd.pull``
2343 ``bundle1gd.pull``
2344 Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
2344 Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
2345 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2345 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2346
2346
2347 Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
2347 Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
2348 consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
2348 consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
2349 repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
2349 repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
2350 format can consume a lot of CPU.
2350 format can consume a lot of CPU.
2351
2351
2352 ``bundle2.stream``
2352 ``bundle2.stream``
2353 Whether to allow clients to pull using the bundle2 streaming protocol.
2353 Whether to allow clients to pull using the bundle2 streaming protocol.
2354 (default: True)
2354 (default: True)
2355
2355
2356 ``zliblevel``
2356 ``zliblevel``
2357 Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
2357 Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
2358 for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
2358 for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
2359 commands that send repository history data).
2359 commands that send repository history data).
2360
2360
2361 The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
2361 The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
2362 likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
2362 likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
2363 maximum compression.
2363 maximum compression.
2364
2364
2365 Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
2365 Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
2366 bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
2366 bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
2367 but sends more bytes to clients.
2367 but sends more bytes to clients.
2368
2368
2369 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2369 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2370
2370
2371 ``zstdlevel``
2371 ``zstdlevel``
2372 Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
2372 Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
2373 for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
2373 for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
2374 ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
2374 ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
2375
2375
2376 The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
2376 The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
2377 delivering better compression ratios.
2377 delivering better compression ratios.
2378
2378
2379 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2379 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2380
2380
2381 See also ``server.zliblevel``.
2381 See also ``server.zliblevel``.
2382
2382
2383 ``view``
2383 ``view``
2384 Repository filter used when exchanging revisions with the peer.
2384 Repository filter used when exchanging revisions with the peer.
2385
2385
2386 The default view (``served``) excludes secret and hidden changesets.
2386 The default view (``served``) excludes secret and hidden changesets.
2387 Another useful value is ``immutable`` (no draft, secret or hidden
2387 Another useful value is ``immutable`` (no draft, secret or hidden
2388 changesets). (EXPERIMENTAL)
2388 changesets). (EXPERIMENTAL)
2389
2389
2390 ``smtp``
2390 ``smtp``
2391 --------
2391 --------
2392
2392
2393 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
2393 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
2394
2394
2395 ``host``
2395 ``host``
2396 Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
2396 Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
2397
2397
2398 ``port``
2398 ``port``
2399 Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
2399 Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
2400 ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
2400 ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
2401
2401
2402 ``tls``
2402 ``tls``
2403 Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
2403 Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
2404 smtps or none. (default: none)
2404 smtps or none. (default: none)
2405
2405
2406 ``username``
2406 ``username``
2407 Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
2407 Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
2408 (default: None)
2408 (default: None)
2409
2409
2410 ``password``
2410 ``password``
2411 Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
2411 Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
2412 specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
2412 specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
2413 password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
2413 password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
2414
2414
2415 ``local_hostname``
2415 ``local_hostname``
2416 Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
2416 Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
2417 itself to the MTA.
2417 itself to the MTA.
2418
2418
2419
2419
2420 ``subpaths``
2420 ``subpaths``
2421 ------------
2421 ------------
2422
2422
2423 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
2423 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
2424 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
2424 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
2425 rewrite rules of the form::
2425 rewrite rules of the form::
2426
2426
2427 <pattern> = <replacement>
2427 <pattern> = <replacement>
2428
2428
2429 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
2429 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
2430 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
2430 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
2431 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
2431 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
2432 ``replacements``. For instance::
2432 ``replacements``. For instance::
2433
2433
2434 http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
2434 http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
2435
2435
2436 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
2436 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
2437
2437
2438 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
2438 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
2439 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
2439 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
2440 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
2440 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
2441 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
2441 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
2442
2442
2443 ``subrepos``
2443 ``subrepos``
2444 ------------
2444 ------------
2445
2445
2446 This section contains options that control the behavior of the
2446 This section contains options that control the behavior of the
2447 subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`.
2447 subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`.
2448
2448
2449 Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to
2449 Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to
2450 prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git
2450 prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git
2451 subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion
2451 subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion
2452 subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default
2452 subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default
2453 out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using
2453 out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using
2454 the respective options below.
2454 the respective options below.
2455
2455
2456 ``allowed``
2456 ``allowed``
2457 Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2457 Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2458
2458
2459 When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`)
2459 When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`)
2460 will fail for all subrepository types.
2460 will fail for all subrepository types.
2461 (default: true)
2461 (default: true)
2462
2462
2463 ``hg:allowed``
2463 ``hg:allowed``
2464 Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working
2464 Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working
2465 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2465 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2466 is true.
2466 is true.
2467 (default: true)
2467 (default: true)
2468
2468
2469 ``git:allowed``
2469 ``git:allowed``
2470 Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2470 Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2471 This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true.
2471 This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true.
2472
2472
2473 See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos.
2473 See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos.
2474 (default: false)
2474 (default: false)
2475
2475
2476 ``svn:allowed``
2476 ``svn:allowed``
2477 Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working
2477 Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working
2478 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2478 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2479 is true.
2479 is true.
2480
2480
2481 See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos.
2481 See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos.
2482 (default: false)
2482 (default: false)
2483
2483
2484 ``templatealias``
2484 ``templatealias``
2485 -----------------
2485 -----------------
2486
2486
2487 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2487 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2488
2488
2489 ``templates``
2489 ``templates``
2490 -------------
2490 -------------
2491
2491
2492 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
2492 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
2493 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2493 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2494
2494
2495 ``trusted``
2495 ``trusted``
2496 -----------
2496 -----------
2497
2497
2498 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
2498 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
2499 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
2499 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
2500 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
2500 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
2501 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
2501 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
2502 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
2502 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
2503 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
2503 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
2504 section.
2504 section.
2505
2505
2506 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
2506 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
2507 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
2507 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
2508 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
2508 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
2509 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
2509 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
2510 user or service running Mercurial.
2510 user or service running Mercurial.
2511
2511
2512 ``users``
2512 ``users``
2513 Comma-separated list of trusted users.
2513 Comma-separated list of trusted users.
2514
2514
2515 ``groups``
2515 ``groups``
2516 Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
2516 Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
2517
2517
2518
2518
2519 ``ui``
2519 ``ui``
2520 ------
2520 ------
2521
2521
2522 User interface controls.
2522 User interface controls.
2523
2523
2524 ``archivemeta``
2524 ``archivemeta``
2525 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
2525 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
2526 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
2526 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
2527 by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
2527 by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
2528 (default: True)
2528 (default: True)
2529
2529
2530 ``askusername``
2530 ``askusername``
2531 Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
2531 Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
2532 neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
2532 neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
2533 be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
2533 be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
2534 default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
2534 default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
2535 (default: False)
2535 (default: False)
2536
2536
2537 ``clonebundles``
2537 ``clonebundles``
2538 Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
2538 Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
2539
2539
2540 When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
2540 When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
2541 bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
2541 bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
2542
2542
2543 This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
2543 This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
2544
2544
2545 (default: True)
2545 (default: True)
2546
2546
2547 ``clonebundlefallback``
2547 ``clonebundlefallback``
2548 Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
2548 Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
2549 should result in fallback to a regular clone.
2549 should result in fallback to a regular clone.
2550
2550
2551 This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
2551 This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
2552 bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
2552 bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
2553 start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
2553 start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
2554 clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
2554 clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
2555 since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
2555 since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
2556 pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
2556 pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
2557 clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
2557 clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
2558 fails.
2558 fails.
2559
2559
2560 (default: False)
2560 (default: False)
2561
2561
2562 ``clonebundleprefers``
2562 ``clonebundleprefers``
2563 Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
2563 Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
2564
2564
2565 Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
2565 Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
2566 bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
2566 bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
2567 type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
2567 type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
2568 bundle over another.
2568 bundle over another.
2569
2569
2570 The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
2570 The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
2571
2571
2572 BUNDLESPEC
2572 BUNDLESPEC
2573 A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
2573 A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
2574 e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
2574 e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
2575
2575
2576 COMPRESSION
2576 COMPRESSION
2577 The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
2577 The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
2578
2578
2579 Server operators may define custom keys.
2579 Server operators may define custom keys.
2580
2580
2581 Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
2581 Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
2582 ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
2582 ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
2583
2583
2584 By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
2584 By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
2585
2585
2586 ``color``
2586 ``color``
2587 When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or
2587 When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or
2588 "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it
2588 "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it
2589 seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details.
2589 seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details.
2590
2590
2591 ``commitsubrepos``
2591 ``commitsubrepos``
2592 Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
2592 Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
2593 parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
2593 parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
2594 changes, abort the commit.
2594 changes, abort the commit.
2595 (default: False)
2595 (default: False)
2596
2596
2597 ``debug``
2597 ``debug``
2598 Print debugging information. (default: False)
2598 Print debugging information. (default: False)
2599
2599
2600 ``editor``
2600 ``editor``
2601 The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
2601 The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
2602
2602
2603 ``fallbackencoding``
2603 ``fallbackencoding``
2604 Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
2604 Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
2605 UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
2605 UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
2606
2606
2607 ``graphnodetemplate``
2607 ``graphnodetemplate``
2608 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.graphnode`` instead.
2608 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.graphnode`` instead.
2609
2609
2610 ``ignore``
2610 ``ignore``
2611 A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
2611 A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
2612 in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
2612 in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
2613 are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
2613 are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
2614 so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
2614 so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
2615 setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
2615 setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
2616 of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
2616 of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
2617
2617
2618 ``interactive``
2618 ``interactive``
2619 Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
2619 Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
2620
2620
2621 ``interface``
2621 ``interface``
2622 Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
2622 Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
2623 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2623 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2624
2624
2625 ``interface.chunkselector``
2625 ``interface.chunkselector``
2626 Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
2626 Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
2627 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2627 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2628 This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
2628 This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
2629
2629
2630 ``large-file-limit``
2630 ``large-file-limit``
2631 Largest file size that gives no memory use warning.
2631 Largest file size that gives no memory use warning.
2632 Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check.
2632 Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check.
2633 Value is expressed in bytes by default, one can use standard units for
2633 Value is expressed in bytes by default, one can use standard units for
2634 convenience (e.g. 10MB, 0.1GB, etc) (default: 10000000)
2634 convenience (e.g. 10MB, 0.1GB, etc) (default: 10MB)
2635
2635
2636 ``logtemplate``
2636 ``logtemplate``
2637 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.log`` instead.
2637 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.log`` instead.
2638
2638
2639 ``merge``
2639 ``merge``
2640 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
2640 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
2641 For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
2641 For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
2642 For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2642 For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2643
2643
2644 ``mergemarkers``
2644 ``mergemarkers``
2645 Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` style
2645 Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` style
2646 uses the ``command-templates.mergemarker`` setting to style the labels.
2646 uses the ``command-templates.mergemarker`` setting to style the labels.
2647 The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
2647 The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
2648 One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
2648 One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
2649 (default: ``basic``)
2649 (default: ``basic``)
2650
2650
2651 ``mergemarkertemplate``
2651 ``mergemarkertemplate``
2652 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.mergemarker`` instead.
2652 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.mergemarker`` instead.
2653
2653
2654 ``message-output``
2654 ``message-output``
2655 Where to write status and error messages. (default: ``stdio``)
2655 Where to write status and error messages. (default: ``stdio``)
2656
2656
2657 ``channel``
2657 ``channel``
2658 Use separate channel for structured output. (Command-server only)
2658 Use separate channel for structured output. (Command-server only)
2659 ``stderr``
2659 ``stderr``
2660 Everything to stderr.
2660 Everything to stderr.
2661 ``stdio``
2661 ``stdio``
2662 Status to stdout, and error to stderr.
2662 Status to stdout, and error to stderr.
2663
2663
2664 ``origbackuppath``
2664 ``origbackuppath``
2665 The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
2665 The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
2666 not a directory, one will be created. If set, files stored in this
2666 not a directory, one will be created. If set, files stored in this
2667 directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig
2667 directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig
2668 suffix.
2668 suffix.
2669
2669
2670 ``paginate``
2670 ``paginate``
2671 Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager`
2671 Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager`
2672 for details.
2672 for details.
2673
2673
2674 ``patch``
2674 ``patch``
2675 An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
2675 An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
2676 will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
2676 will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
2677 internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
2677 internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
2678 Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
2678 Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
2679 argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
2679 argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
2680 current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
2680 current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
2681 from stdin.
2681 from stdin.
2682
2682
2683 It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
2683 It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
2684 arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
2684 arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
2685 will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
2685 will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
2686
2686
2687 ``portablefilenames``
2687 ``portablefilenames``
2688 Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
2688 Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
2689 (default: ``warn``)
2689 (default: ``warn``)
2690
2690
2691 ``warn``
2691 ``warn``
2692 Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
2692 Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
2693 filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
2693 filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
2694 Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
2694 Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
2695 characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
2695 characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
2696 file).
2696 file).
2697
2697
2698 ``ignore``
2698 ``ignore``
2699 Don't print a warning.
2699 Don't print a warning.
2700
2700
2701 ``abort``
2701 ``abort``
2702 The command is aborted.
2702 The command is aborted.
2703
2703
2704 ``true``
2704 ``true``
2705 Alias for ``warn``.
2705 Alias for ``warn``.
2706
2706
2707 ``false``
2707 ``false``
2708 Alias for ``ignore``.
2708 Alias for ``ignore``.
2709
2709
2710 .. container:: windows
2710 .. container:: windows
2711
2711
2712 On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
2712 On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
2713
2713
2714 ``pre-merge-tool-output-template``
2714 ``pre-merge-tool-output-template``
2715 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-template.pre-merge-tool-output`` instead.
2715 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-template.pre-merge-tool-output`` instead.
2716
2716
2717 ``quiet``
2717 ``quiet``
2718 Reduce the amount of output printed.
2718 Reduce the amount of output printed.
2719 (default: False)
2719 (default: False)
2720
2720
2721 ``relative-paths``
2721 ``relative-paths``
2722 Prefer relative paths in the UI.
2722 Prefer relative paths in the UI.
2723
2723
2724 ``remotecmd``
2724 ``remotecmd``
2725 Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
2725 Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
2726 (default: ``hg``)
2726 (default: ``hg``)
2727
2727
2728 ``report_untrusted``
2728 ``report_untrusted``
2729 Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
2729 Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
2730 trusted user or group.
2730 trusted user or group.
2731 (default: True)
2731 (default: True)
2732
2732
2733 ``slash``
2733 ``slash``
2734 (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.)
2734 (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.)
2735
2735
2736 Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
2736 Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
2737 only makes a difference on systems where the default path
2737 only makes a difference on systems where the default path
2738 separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
2738 separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
2739 backslash character (``\``)).
2739 backslash character (``\``)).
2740 (default: False)
2740 (default: False)
2741
2741
2742 ``statuscopies``
2742 ``statuscopies``
2743 Display copies in the status command.
2743 Display copies in the status command.
2744
2744
2745 ``ssh``
2745 ``ssh``
2746 Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
2746 Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
2747
2747
2748 ``ssherrorhint``
2748 ``ssherrorhint``
2749 A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g.
2749 A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g.
2750 ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``)
2750 ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``)
2751
2751
2752 ``strict``
2752 ``strict``
2753 Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
2753 Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
2754 abbreviations. (default: False)
2754 abbreviations. (default: False)
2755
2755
2756 ``style``
2756 ``style``
2757 Name of style to use for command output.
2757 Name of style to use for command output.
2758
2758
2759 ``supportcontact``
2759 ``supportcontact``
2760 A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
2760 A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
2761 large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
2761 large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
2762 reports should be addressed to your internal support.
2762 reports should be addressed to your internal support.
2763
2763
2764 ``textwidth``
2764 ``textwidth``
2765 Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
2765 Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
2766 ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
2766 ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
2767 width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
2767 width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
2768 A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
2768 A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
2769 used. (default: 78)
2769 used. (default: 78)
2770
2770
2771 ``timeout``
2771 ``timeout``
2772 The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
2772 The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
2773 means no timeout. (default: 600)
2773 means no timeout. (default: 600)
2774
2774
2775 ``timeout.warn``
2775 ``timeout.warn``
2776 Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative
2776 Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative
2777 value means no warning. (default: 0)
2777 value means no warning. (default: 0)
2778
2778
2779 ``traceback``
2779 ``traceback``
2780 Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
2780 Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
2781 occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
2781 occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
2782 on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
2782 on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
2783 IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
2783 IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
2784
2784
2785 ``tweakdefaults``
2785 ``tweakdefaults``
2786
2786
2787 By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release
2787 By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release
2788 to release, but over time the recommended config settings
2788 to release, but over time the recommended config settings
2789 shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to
2789 shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to
2790 Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no
2790 Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no
2791 effect if ``HGPLAIN`` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does
2791 effect if ``HGPLAIN`` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does
2792 not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False)
2792 not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False)
2793
2793
2794 It currently means::
2794 It currently means::
2795
2795
2796 .. tweakdefaultsmarker
2796 .. tweakdefaultsmarker
2797
2797
2798 ``username``
2798 ``username``
2799 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
2799 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
2800 Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
2800 Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
2801 <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the
2801 <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the
2802 username are expanded.
2802 username are expanded.
2803
2803
2804 (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
2804 (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
2805 hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
2805 hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
2806 system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
2806 system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
2807 hgrc file)
2807 hgrc file)
2808
2808
2809 ``verbose``
2809 ``verbose``
2810 Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
2810 Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
2811
2811
2812
2812
2813 ``command-templates``
2813 ``command-templates``
2814 ---------------------
2814 ---------------------
2815
2815
2816 Templates used for customizing the output of commands.
2816 Templates used for customizing the output of commands.
2817
2817
2818 ``graphnode``
2818 ``graphnode``
2819 The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
2819 The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
2820 (default: ``{graphnode}``)
2820 (default: ``{graphnode}``)
2821
2821
2822 ``log``
2822 ``log``
2823 Template string for commands that print changesets.
2823 Template string for commands that print changesets.
2824
2824
2825 ``mergemarker``
2825 ``mergemarker``
2826 The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
2826 The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
2827 marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
2827 marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
2828 format.
2828 format.
2829
2829
2830 Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
2830 Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
2831 the first line of the commit description.
2831 the first line of the commit description.
2832
2832
2833 If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
2833 If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
2834 authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
2834 authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
2835 managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
2835 managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
2836 specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
2836 specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
2837 environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
2837 environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
2838 markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
2838 markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
2839 serious problems may occur.
2839 serious problems may occur.
2840
2840
2841 Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2841 Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2842
2842
2843 ``oneline-summary``
2843 ``oneline-summary``
2844 A template used by `hg rebase` and other commands for showing a one-line
2844 A template used by `hg rebase` and other commands for showing a one-line
2845 summary of a commit. If the template configured here is longer than one
2845 summary of a commit. If the template configured here is longer than one
2846 line, then only the first line is used.
2846 line, then only the first line is used.
2847
2847
2848 The template can be overridden per command by defining a template in
2848 The template can be overridden per command by defining a template in
2849 `oneline-summary.<command>`, where `<command>` can be e.g. "rebase".
2849 `oneline-summary.<command>`, where `<command>` can be e.g. "rebase".
2850
2850
2851 ``pre-merge-tool-output``
2851 ``pre-merge-tool-output``
2852 A template that is printed before executing an external merge tool. This can
2852 A template that is printed before executing an external merge tool. This can
2853 be used to print out additional context that might be useful to have during
2853 be used to print out additional context that might be useful to have during
2854 the conflict resolution, such as the description of the various commits
2854 the conflict resolution, such as the description of the various commits
2855 involved or bookmarks/tags.
2855 involved or bookmarks/tags.
2856
2856
2857 Additional information is available in the ``local`, ``base``, and ``other``
2857 Additional information is available in the ``local`, ``base``, and ``other``
2858 dicts. For example: ``{local.label}``, ``{base.name}``, or
2858 dicts. For example: ``{local.label}``, ``{base.name}``, or
2859 ``{other.islink}``.
2859 ``{other.islink}``.
2860
2860
2861
2861
2862 ``web``
2862 ``web``
2863 -------
2863 -------
2864
2864
2865 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
2865 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
2866 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
2866 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
2867 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
2867 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
2868 and WSGI).
2868 and WSGI).
2869
2869
2870 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
2870 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
2871 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
2871 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
2872 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
2872 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
2873 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
2873 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
2874 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
2874 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
2875 checks.
2875 checks.
2876
2876
2877 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
2877 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
2878 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
2878 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
2879 command line::
2879 command line::
2880
2880
2881 $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
2881 $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
2882
2882
2883 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
2883 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
2884 that this should not be used for public servers.
2884 that this should not be used for public servers.
2885
2885
2886 The full set of options is:
2886 The full set of options is:
2887
2887
2888 ``accesslog``
2888 ``accesslog``
2889 Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
2889 Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
2890
2890
2891 ``address``
2891 ``address``
2892 Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
2892 Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
2893
2893
2894 ``allow-archive``
2894 ``allow-archive``
2895 List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
2895 List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
2896 (default: empty)
2896 (default: empty)
2897
2897
2898 ``allowbz2``
2898 ``allowbz2``
2899 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
2899 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
2900 revisions.
2900 revisions.
2901 (default: False)
2901 (default: False)
2902
2902
2903 ``allowgz``
2903 ``allowgz``
2904 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
2904 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
2905 revisions.
2905 revisions.
2906 (default: False)
2906 (default: False)
2907
2907
2908 ``allow-pull``
2908 ``allow-pull``
2909 Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
2909 Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
2910
2910
2911 ``allow-push``
2911 ``allow-push``
2912 Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2912 Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2913 pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
2913 pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
2914 user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
2914 user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
2915 remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
2915 remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
2916 user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
2916 user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
2917 allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list.
2917 allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list.
2918
2918
2919 ``allow_read``
2919 ``allow_read``
2920 If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
2920 If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
2921 the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
2921 the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
2922 repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
2922 repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
2923 user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
2923 user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
2924 denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
2924 denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
2925 is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
2925 is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
2926 special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
2926 special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
2927 is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
2927 is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
2928 examined after the deny_read list.
2928 examined after the deny_read list.
2929
2929
2930 ``allowzip``
2930 ``allowzip``
2931 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
2931 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
2932 revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
2932 revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
2933 (default: False)
2933 (default: False)
2934
2934
2935 ``archivesubrepos``
2935 ``archivesubrepos``
2936 Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
2936 Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
2937 (default: False)
2937 (default: False)
2938
2938
2939 ``baseurl``
2939 ``baseurl``
2940 Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
2940 Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
2941 third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
2941 third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
2942 URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
2942 URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
2943
2943
2944 ``cacerts``
2944 ``cacerts``
2945 Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
2945 Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
2946 authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
2946 authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
2947 constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
2947 constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
2948 client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
2948 client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
2949 with these certificates.
2949 with these certificates.
2950
2950
2951 To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
2951 To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
2952 command line.
2952 command line.
2953
2953
2954 You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
2954 You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
2955 one. On most Linux systems this will be
2955 one. On most Linux systems this will be
2956 ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
2956 ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
2957 generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
2957 generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
2958
2958
2959 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2959 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2960 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2960 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2961 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2961 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2962 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2962 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2963 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2963 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2964 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2964 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2965
2965
2966 ``cache``
2966 ``cache``
2967 Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
2967 Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
2968
2968
2969 ``certificate``
2969 ``certificate``
2970 Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
2970 Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
2971
2971
2972 ``collapse``
2972 ``collapse``
2973 With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
2973 With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
2974 a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
2974 a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
2975 ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
2975 ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
2976 the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
2976 the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
2977 lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
2977 lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
2978 collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
2978 collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
2979 into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
2979 into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
2980
2980
2981 ``comparisoncontext``
2981 ``comparisoncontext``
2982 Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
2982 Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
2983 negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
2983 negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
2984
2984
2985 This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
2985 This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
2986 ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
2986 ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
2987
2987
2988 ``contact``
2988 ``contact``
2989 Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
2989 Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
2990 (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
2990 (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
2991
2991
2992 ``csp``
2992 ``csp``
2993 Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
2993 Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
2994
2994
2995 The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
2995 The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
2996 by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
2996 by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
2997 ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
2997 ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
2998 one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
2998 one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
2999 ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
2999 ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
3000
3000
3001 Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
3001 Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
3002 data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
3002 data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
3003 "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
3003 "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
3004 threat model.
3004 threat model.
3005
3005
3006 ``deny_push``
3006 ``deny_push``
3007 Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
3007 Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
3008 push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
3008 push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
3009 denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
3009 denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
3010 any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
3010 any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
3011 contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list.
3011 contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list.
3012
3012
3013 ``deny_read``
3013 ``deny_read``
3014 Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
3014 Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
3015 not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
3015 not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
3016 authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
3016 authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
3017 the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
3017 the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
3018 are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
3018 are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
3019 the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
3019 the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
3020 content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
3020 content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
3021 deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
3021 deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
3022 permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
3022 permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
3023 served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
3023 served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
3024 the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
3024 the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
3025 priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
3025 priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
3026 list.
3026 list.
3027
3027
3028 ``descend``
3028 ``descend``
3029 hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
3029 hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
3030 directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
3030 directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
3031 available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
3031 available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
3032
3032
3033 ``description``
3033 ``description``
3034 Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
3034 Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
3035 (default: "unknown")
3035 (default: "unknown")
3036
3036
3037 ``encoding``
3037 ``encoding``
3038 Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
3038 Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
3039 Example: "UTF-8".
3039 Example: "UTF-8".
3040
3040
3041 ``errorlog``
3041 ``errorlog``
3042 Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
3042 Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
3043
3043
3044 ``guessmime``
3044 ``guessmime``
3045 Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
3045 Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
3046 Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
3046 Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
3047 extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
3047 extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
3048 allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
3048 allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
3049 repositories. (default: False)
3049 repositories. (default: False)
3050
3050
3051 ``hidden``
3051 ``hidden``
3052 Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
3052 Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
3053 (default: False)
3053 (default: False)
3054
3054
3055 ``ipv6``
3055 ``ipv6``
3056 Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
3056 Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
3057
3057
3058 ``labels``
3058 ``labels``
3059 List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
3059 List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
3060
3060
3061 Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
3061 Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
3062 output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
3062 output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
3063 by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
3063 by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
3064 if a specific label is present.
3064 if a specific label is present.
3065
3065
3066 ``logoimg``
3066 ``logoimg``
3067 File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
3067 File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
3068 The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
3068 The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
3069 the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
3069 the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
3070 If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
3070 If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
3071
3071
3072 ``logourl``
3072 ``logourl``
3073 Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
3073 Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
3074 will be used.
3074 will be used.
3075
3075
3076 ``maxchanges``
3076 ``maxchanges``
3077 Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
3077 Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
3078
3078
3079 ``maxfiles``
3079 ``maxfiles``
3080 Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
3080 Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
3081
3081
3082 ``maxshortchanges``
3082 ``maxshortchanges``
3083 Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
3083 Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
3084 pages. (default: 60)
3084 pages. (default: 60)
3085
3085
3086 ``name``
3086 ``name``
3087 Repository name to use in the web interface.
3087 Repository name to use in the web interface.
3088 (default: current working directory)
3088 (default: current working directory)
3089
3089
3090 ``port``
3090 ``port``
3091 Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
3091 Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
3092
3092
3093 ``prefix``
3093 ``prefix``
3094 Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
3094 Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
3095
3095
3096 ``push_ssl``
3096 ``push_ssl``
3097 Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
3097 Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
3098 prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
3098 prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
3099
3099
3100 ``refreshinterval``
3100 ``refreshinterval``
3101 How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
3101 How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
3102 repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
3102 repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
3103 to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
3103 to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
3104 required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
3104 required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
3105
3105
3106 Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
3106 Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
3107 (default: 20)
3107 (default: 20)
3108
3108
3109 ``server-header``
3109 ``server-header``
3110 Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header.
3110 Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header.
3111
3111
3112 ``static``
3112 ``static``
3113 Directory where static files are served from.
3113 Directory where static files are served from.
3114
3114
3115 ``staticurl``
3115 ``staticurl``
3116 Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
3116 Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
3117 hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
3117 hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
3118 this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
3118 this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
3119 Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
3119 Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
3120
3120
3121 ``stripes``
3121 ``stripes``
3122 How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
3122 How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
3123 Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
3123 Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
3124
3124
3125 ``style``
3125 ``style``
3126 Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
3126 Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
3127 subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
3127 subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
3128 Example: ``monoblue``.
3128 Example: ``monoblue``.
3129
3129
3130 ``templates``
3130 ``templates``
3131 Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
3131 Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
3132 can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
3132 can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
3133
3133
3134 ``websub``
3134 ``websub``
3135 ----------
3135 ----------
3136
3136
3137 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
3137 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
3138 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
3138 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
3139 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
3139 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
3140
3140
3141 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
3141 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
3142 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
3142 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
3143 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
3143 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
3144 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
3144 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
3145
3145
3146 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
3146 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
3147 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
3147 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
3148 HTML (see the examples below).
3148 HTML (see the examples below).
3149
3149
3150 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
3150 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
3151 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
3151 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
3152 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
3152 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
3153 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
3153 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
3154
3154
3155 patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
3155 patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
3156
3156
3157 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
3157 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
3158 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
3158 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
3159
3159
3160 Examples::
3160 Examples::
3161
3161
3162 [websub]
3162 [websub]
3163 issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
3163 issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
3164 italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
3164 italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
3165 bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
3165 bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
3166
3166
3167 ``worker``
3167 ``worker``
3168 ----------
3168 ----------
3169
3169
3170 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
3170 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
3171 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
3171 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
3172 helps performance.
3172 helps performance.
3173
3173
3174 ``enabled``
3174 ``enabled``
3175 Whether to enable workers code to be used.
3175 Whether to enable workers code to be used.
3176 (default: true)
3176 (default: true)
3177
3177
3178 ``numcpus``
3178 ``numcpus``
3179 Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
3179 Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
3180 negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
3180 negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
3181 (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
3181 (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
3182
3182
3183 ``backgroundclose``
3183 ``backgroundclose``
3184 Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
3184 Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
3185 operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
3185 operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
3186 handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
3186 handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
3187 on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
3187 on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
3188 (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
3188 (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
3189
3189
3190 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
3190 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
3191 Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
3191 Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
3192 Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
3192 Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
3193 threads.
3193 threads.
3194 (default: 2048)
3194 (default: 2048)
3195
3195
3196 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
3196 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
3197 The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
3197 The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
3198 background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
3198 background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
3199 enabled.
3199 enabled.
3200 (default: 384)
3200 (default: 384)
3201
3201
3202 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
3202 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
3203 Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
3203 Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
3204 ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
3204 ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
3205 (default: 4)
3205 (default: 4)
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments. Login now